WO2006064577A1 - Hollow body, sheet structure body, and method of producing them - Google Patents

Hollow body, sheet structure body, and method of producing them Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006064577A1
WO2006064577A1 PCT/JP2005/003357 JP2005003357W WO2006064577A1 WO 2006064577 A1 WO2006064577 A1 WO 2006064577A1 JP 2005003357 W JP2005003357 W JP 2005003357W WO 2006064577 A1 WO2006064577 A1 WO 2006064577A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sheet
hollow
joined
forming member
central region
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2005/003357
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Tatsuki Miyoshi
Original Assignee
New Line Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by New Line Corporation filed Critical New Line Corporation
Priority to JP2006548674A priority Critical patent/JP4495731B2/en
Publication of WO2006064577A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006064577A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B1/00—Layered products having a non-planar shape
    • B32B1/08—Tubular products
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/48—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding
    • B29C65/52—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/48—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding
    • B29C65/52—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive
    • B29C65/524—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive by applying the adhesive from an outlet device in contact with, or almost in contact with, the surface of the part to be joined
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/78—Means for handling the parts to be joined, e.g. for making containers or hollow articles, e.g. means for handling sheets, plates, web-like materials, tubular articles, hollow articles or elements to be joined therewith; Means for discharging the joined articles from the joining apparatus
    • B29C65/7858—Means for handling the parts to be joined, e.g. for making containers or hollow articles, e.g. means for handling sheets, plates, web-like materials, tubular articles, hollow articles or elements to be joined therewith; Means for discharging the joined articles from the joining apparatus characterised by the feeding movement of the parts to be joined
    • B29C65/7888—Means for handling of moving sheets or webs
    • B29C65/7894—Means for handling of moving sheets or webs of continuously moving sheets or webs
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/004—Preventing sticking together, e.g. of some areas of the parts to be joined
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/11—Joint cross-sections comprising a single joint-segment, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising a single joint-segment in the joint cross-section
    • B29C66/112—Single lapped joints
    • B29C66/1122—Single lap to lap joints, i.e. overlap joints
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
    • B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
    • B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
    • B29C66/13—Single flanged joints; Fin-type joints; Single hem joints; Edge joints; Interpenetrating fingered joints; Other specific particular designs of joint cross-sections not provided for in groups B29C66/11 - B29C66/12
    • B29C66/133—Fin-type joints, the parts to be joined being flexible
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40—General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41—Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/43—Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40—General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41—Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/43—Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles
    • B29C66/432—Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles for making tubular articles or closed loops, e.g. by joining several sheets ; for making hollow articles or hollow preforms
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/40—General aspects of joining substantially flat articles, e.g. plates, sheets or web-like materials; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles; Joining single elements to substantially flat surfaces
    • B29C66/41—Joining substantially flat articles ; Making flat seams in tubular or hollow articles
    • B29C66/43—Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles
    • B29C66/432—Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles for making tubular articles or closed loops, e.g. by joining several sheets ; for making hollow articles or hollow preforms
    • B29C66/4322—Joining a relatively small portion of the surface of said articles for making tubular articles or closed loops, e.g. by joining several sheets ; for making hollow articles or hollow preforms by joining a single sheet to itself
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/80—General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
    • B29C66/83—General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof characterised by the movement of the joining or pressing tools
    • B29C66/834—General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof characterised by the movement of the joining or pressing tools moving with the parts to be joined
    • B29C66/8341—Roller, cylinder or drum types; Band or belt types; Ball types
    • B29C66/83411—Roller, cylinder or drum types
    • B29C66/83413—Roller, cylinder or drum types cooperating rollers, cylinders or drums
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
    • B32B3/02—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by features of form at particular places, e.g. in edge regions
    • B32B3/04—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by features of form at particular places, e.g. in edge regions characterised by at least one layer folded at the edge, e.g. over another layer ; characterised by at least one layer enveloping or enclosing a material
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
    • B32B3/10—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a discontinuous layer, i.e. formed of separate pieces of material
    • B32B3/14—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a discontinuous layer, i.e. formed of separate pieces of material characterised by a face layer formed of separate pieces of material which are juxtaposed side-by-side
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D75/00—Packages comprising articles or materials partially or wholly enclosed in strips, sheets, blanks, tubes, or webs of flexible sheet material, e.g. in folded wrappers
    • B65D75/28—Articles or materials wholly enclosed in composite wrappers, i.e. wrappers formed by associating or interconnecting two or more sheets or blanks
    • B65D75/30—Articles or materials enclosed between two opposed sheets or blanks having their margins united, e.g. by pressure-sensitive adhesive, crimping, heat-sealing, or welding
    • B65D75/32—Articles or materials enclosed between two opposed sheets or blanks having their margins united, e.g. by pressure-sensitive adhesive, crimping, heat-sealing, or welding one or both sheets or blanks being recessed to accommodate contents
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/48—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding
    • B29C65/52—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive
    • B29C65/524—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive by applying the adhesive from an outlet device in contact with, or almost in contact with, the surface of the part to be joined
    • B29C65/525—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive by applying the adhesive from an outlet device in contact with, or almost in contact with, the surface of the part to be joined by extrusion coating
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C65/48—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding
    • B29C65/52—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive
    • B29C65/527—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding characterised by the way of applying the adhesive by gravity only, e.g. by pouring
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
    • B29C66/70—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
    • B29C66/71—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the composition of the plastics material of the parts to be joined
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2009/00—Layered products
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2023/00—Tubular articles
    • B29L2023/005—Hoses, i.e. flexible
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00—Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/60—Multitubular or multicompartmented articles, e.g. honeycomb
    • B29L2031/601—Multi-tubular articles, i.e. composed of a plurality of tubes
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00—Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/712—Containers; Packaging elements or accessories, Packages
    • B29L2031/7128—Bags, sacks, sachets
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B31—MAKING ARTICLES OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER; WORKING PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B—MAKING CONTAINERS OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B2155/00—Flexible containers made from webs
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B31—MAKING ARTICLES OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER; WORKING PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B—MAKING CONTAINERS OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B2155/00—Flexible containers made from webs
    • B31B2155/002—Flexible containers made from webs by joining superimposed webs, e.g. with separate bottom webs
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B31—MAKING ARTICLES OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER; WORKING PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B—MAKING CONTAINERS OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B2155/00—Flexible containers made from webs
    • B31B2155/003—Flexible containers made from webs starting from tubular webs
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B31—MAKING ARTICLES OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER; WORKING PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B—MAKING CONTAINERS OF PAPER, CARDBOARD OR MATERIAL WORKED IN A MANNER ANALOGOUS TO PAPER
    • B31B2170/00—Construction of flexible containers
    • B31B2170/20—Construction of flexible containers having multi-layered walls, e.g. laminated or lined
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2250/00—Layers arrangement
    • B32B2250/03—3 layers
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2250/00—Layers arrangement
    • B32B2250/44—Number of layers variable across the laminate
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2439/00—Containers; Receptacles
    • B32B2439/40—Closed containers
    • B32B2439/46—Bags
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2597/00—Tubular articles, e.g. hoses, pipes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a hollow body, a sheet structure, and a method for producing the same, and particularly to a hollow body and a sheet structure that are excellent in strength and can be produced at low production cost and in a small space, and methods for producing these.
  • the purpose is to provide.
  • a hollow body for flowing a fluid and a hollow body used as a material for manufacturing a bag body have been manufactured by an inflation method.
  • a thermoplastic resin is filled in an extruder provided with a cylindrical die (annular die), and the thermoplastic resin is extruded through the annular die from the extruder and the precursor hollow.
  • a hollow body having a desired size is continuously produced while air is blown into the hollow portion of the precursor hollow body to be expanded.
  • this inflation method can efficiently produce a hollow body, it is widely used in the production of hollow bodies, and the hollow body produced by the inflation method is relatively easy to use. Widely used in applications for flowing and transporting fluid in hollow parts, and for use as a bag material.
  • thermoplastic resin is filled in an extruder provided with a T-shaped die (T-die), and the thermoplastic resin is extruded through the T-die from the extruder and the sheet structure. Get body (T-die extrusion). Then, when the two sheet structures are overlapped in the vertical direction with the two side edges facing each other, and the two side edges of each sheet structure are joined, the two sheet structures are formed. A hollow body in which a hollow portion is formed can be produced.
  • hollow bodies produced by the T-die extrusion method are also used for various applications.
  • the sheet structure obtained by the T-die extrusion method is joined widely in a state where two sheets are overlapped to form a hollow body, and the sheet structure remains widely used for various applications. Yes.
  • Patent Document 1 A technique related to the inflation method is disclosed, for example, in Patent Document 1 shown below.
  • Patent Document 2 a technique related to the vertical die extrusion method is disclosed in, for example, Patent Document 2 shown below.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-200862
  • Patent Document 2 JP 2000-326391 A
  • the inflation method is produced by inflating a precursor hollow body extruded by air, the produced hollow body is improved in strength by improvement of a material having a thin film thickness.
  • plan There is a limit to plan Therefore, there is a limit to the improvement of strength by improving the material with a thin film thickness, even if the hollow body is cut into a single sheet body.
  • the size of the sheet structure manufactured by the saddle die depends on the size of the saddle die. Therefore, in order to manufacture a sheet structure having a large width dimension, a large die that is almost the same as the width dimension of the sheet structure to be manufactured is required, so that it is difficult to increase the manufacturing cost and secure the manufacturing space. become.
  • the present invention is for solving the above-described conventional problems, and can improve the strength, and can be manufactured at a low manufacturing cost and in a small space, and a hollow body and a sheet structure, and It aims at providing the manufacturing method of.
  • the hollow body of the present invention is provided between the first sheet, the second sheet positioned below the first sheet, and the first sheet and the second sheet.
  • the first sheet and the second sheet are formed in a central region formed with the same width as the hollow portion forming member and on both sides of the central region. Side area and Each has
  • An upper surface of the hollow portion forming member is joined to a central region formed on the first sheet, and a lower surface of the hollow portion forming member is joined to a central region formed on the second sheet, The lateral region formed in the first sheet is joined to the lateral region formed in the second sheet;
  • a hollow portion having openings at the front end and the rear end is formed by the hollow portion forming member and the central region of the first sheet and the second sheet.
  • the first sheet and the second sheet are joined above and below the hollow part forming member. Therefore, since the hollow part forming member is reinforced by the first sheet and the second sheet, the strength of the hollow body can be improved.
  • a plurality of the hollow portion forming members are provided at a predetermined interval in the width direction, and the hollow portion forming member and the central region of the first sheet and the second sheet, It can be configured as a plurality of hollow portions having openings at the front end and the rear end.
  • the hollow body has two hollow portions, for example, when the hollow body is used as a hose, different objects to be conveyed are used in the two hollow portions. It can be transported. In addition, when used as a bag body, it becomes possible to pack different items to be packed between the two hollow portions.
  • the hollow portion forming member can be configured as a hollow tube.
  • the hollow portion forming member can be configured as two sheets stacked one above the other.
  • the hollow portion forming member may be a folded sheet body formed by bending a single sheet body by a center line that bisects the sheet body in the width direction.
  • the sheet structure of the present invention includes a lower layer sheet and an upper layer sheet bonded onto the lower sheet, and the upper layer sheet includes a first sheet half and a second sheet half. Are arranged side by side in the width direction and the inner end region of the first sheet half and the second sheet The inner end region of the half body is joined to the upper surface of the lower layer sheet in a state of being bent upward, and this joined portion is formed continuously from the front end to the rear end. It is a characteristic.
  • the upper layer sheet is bonded onto the lower layer sheet. Therefore, since the lower layer sheet is reinforced by the upper layer sheet, the strength of the lower layer sheet can be improved.
  • the lower layer sheet can be configured by forming two lower layer sheet halves arranged side by side in the width direction.
  • the method for producing a hollow body of the present invention is characterized by having the following steps.
  • step (a) a plurality of the hollow portion forming members are arranged at predetermined intervals in the width direction, and the upper surface of the plurality of hollow portion forming members and the central region of the first sheet are arranged.
  • step (b) the lower surface of the plurality of hollow part forming members and the central region of the second sheet can be joined.
  • the first sheet and the first sheet are formed above and below the hollow portion forming member.
  • the hollow sheet forming member can be reinforced by the first sheet and the second sheet by joining the two sheets. Therefore, a hollow body with improved strength can be produced.
  • the hollow part forming member in the step (a), can be formed of a hollow tube.
  • the hollow portion forming member is made up of two sheets stacked one above the other. It can be configured to form.
  • the hollow portion forming member is formed of a folded sheet formed by bending a single sheet body along a center line that divides the sheet body into two in the width direction. You can do it.
  • step (a) and the step (b) may be performed simultaneously.
  • the method for producing a sheet structure of the present invention includes the following steps.
  • a sheet structure having a large width can be produced simply by cutting the hollow body.
  • step (1) (f) a step of opening the cut end faces cut along the cutting line by force in directions away from each other can be configured.
  • the hollow part forming member in the step (c), can be formed as a hollow tube.
  • the hollow portion forming member can be formed of two sheets that are stacked one above the other.
  • the hollow portion forming member is divided into two sheets in the width direction of one sheet body.
  • the sheet may be formed of a bent sheet formed by being bent at the center line.
  • step (c) and the step (d) may be performed simultaneously.
  • the first sheet and the second sheet are joined to the top and bottom of the hollow part forming member. Therefore, since the hollow part forming member is reinforced by the first sheet and the second sheet, the strength of the hollow body can be improved.
  • the upper layer sheet is bonded onto the lower layer sheet. Therefore, since the lower layer sheet is reinforced by the upper layer sheet, the strength of the lower layer sheet can be improved.
  • the first sheet and the second sheet are joined to the top and bottom of the hollow part forming member, and the hollow part forming member is attached to the first sheet and the first sheet.
  • a sheet structure having a large width dimension can be produced simply by cutting and opening the hollow body.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
  • the hollow body 1 has a width dimension having a predetermined interval in the XI-X2 direction shown in the drawing, and is continuously extended in the Y1-Y2 direction shown in the drawing.
  • the Y1-Y2 direction shown in the drawing is the longitudinal direction
  • the XI-X2 direction shown is the width direction.
  • the hollow body 1 includes a hollow portion 2 and joint portions 3a and 3b.
  • the hollow portion 2 extends in the longitudinal direction of the hollow body 1, and the front end 2a is formed as an open end having an opening 4a.
  • the hollow portion 2 has an open rear end 2b. It is formed as an open end having a portion 4b.
  • the joint portions 3a and 3b are formed on both sides of the hollow portion 2, respectively, and have a predetermined width dimension and extend in the longitudinal direction.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body 1.
  • the hollow body 1 includes a first sheet 5, a second sheet 6 positioned on the lower side (Z2 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5, and the first sheet. 5 and a hollow tube 7 interposed between the second sheet 6 and the second sheet 6.
  • the tube 7 constitutes a hollow part forming member of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. 1 and FIG.
  • the planar shape seen from the upper side (Z1 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5 has a dimension (width dimension) W1 in the width direction and extends in the longitudinal direction. It is formed as a rectangle.
  • the planar shape of the second sheet 6 as viewed from above is also formed as a rectangle having a width dimension W2 and extending in the longitudinal direction.
  • the tube 7 has a cylindrical shape extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the figure) and has a seam or the like, and is formed in a single-piece structure.
  • the tube 7 is composed of a thin film, and the film thickness is, for example, 10-300 m.
  • the tube 7 is formed as an open end having an opening 7j at the front end.
  • the tube 7 is formed as an open end having an opening 7k at the rear end.
  • the force of the tube 7 shown in the state in which the upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b are separated from each other by a predetermined distance is the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. It means the width dimension when and are in close contact in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure).
  • the width dimension W 1 of the first sheet 5 is formed larger than the width dimension W 3 of the tube 7. Further, the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 is also formed larger than the width dimension W3 of the tube 7.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are arranged in a positional relationship in which they are stacked in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the tube 7. Yes.
  • One side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet
  • the other side end 6d of 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
  • One side end 7c of the tube 7 is located on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6.
  • the other side end 7d of the tube 7 is positioned inside the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. It is arranged in a positional relationship located at.
  • the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 are both formed larger than the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. Further, a positional relationship in which one side end 7c of the tube 7 is located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 is provided. It is arranged with. Further, the other side end 7d of the tube 7 is positioned on the inner side of the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. Arranged in relation.
  • a central region 5g is formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5.
  • the width dimension W4 of the central region 5g is the same as the width dimension W3 of the tube 7.
  • a central region 6g is formed between the side regions 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6, and the width dimension W5 of the central region 6g is the same as the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. is there.
  • the front end 5h of the first sheet 5 is formed.
  • the front end 6h of the second sheet 6 and the front end 7h of the tube 7 face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6 and the rear end 7i of the tube 7 face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 is the central region.
  • the entire upper surface 7 a of the tube 7 is joined.
  • the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is joined in a state where it is in contact with the entire lower surface 7b of the tube 7 in the central region 6g.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e, and the side The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
  • the joining of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tube 7 can be performed by a method using a laminate or an adhesive.
  • the bonding layer used for laminating and bonding is omitted.
  • the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are the hollow portion 2 shown in FIG. Configure.
  • the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 2 constitute the joint 3a of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
  • the side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 constitute the joint portion 3b of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are made of, for example, a PE woven fabric woven from a polyethylene (PE) material in the form of a string or a thin sheet, and polypropylene (PP) on the surface of the PE woven fabric.
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • PP fabric or PP film woven with coated or PE film or string or thin polypropylene (PP) material both uniaxially stretched film and biaxially stretched film can be used
  • aluminum foil, metal foil such as copper foil, or polyester (PET) film or the surface of a base material made of PP or PET with aluminum vapor deposition or copper vapor deposition, or PP nonwoven fabric, PE nonwoven fabric, PET nonwoven fabric, Nylon nonwoven fabric or paper material can be used.
  • the tube 7 is formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated.
  • the multilayer structure can be configured. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 1 is used as a fender wrapping material, each layer constituting the multilayer structure is mixed with an antifungal agent in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can be mixed depending on the application.
  • This tube 7 is formed by inflation method
  • the first sheet 5 and the tube 7 are bonded by a laminating method via the bonding layer 430 having PE force
  • the first sheet 5 When one of the tubes 7 is made of a material that also has PE force and the other is made of PP force, it is difficult to join the two. Therefore, the surface force of the material made of PP is joined together. It is preferable to be coated with a material (for example, an olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to make it easier!
  • a material for example, an olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment
  • the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are bonded by the laminating method via the bonding layer 431 having PE force, the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are bonded.
  • the surface of the material made of PP is It is preferably coated with a material (for example, olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to facilitate the joining of the two.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the top and bottom of the tube 7. Therefore, since the tube 7 is reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the strength of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
  • the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are joined to the entire upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b of the tube 7. Therefore, the tube 7 can be reliably reinforced.
  • the hollow portion 2 of the hollow body 1 is configured to include the tube 7 having an integral structure in which a joint or the like is not formed. Therefore, the flow into the hollow portion 2 When a body or packaged body is inserted, there is no leakage of force such as seams.
  • the hollow body 1 can be used as a fluid carrier such as a hose, for example.
  • the hollow part 2 can be used as a bag body for wrapping a packaged body by joining in the width direction, or one of the openings formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction by the hollow part 2 can be used. It can be joined and used as a disposable futon. Furthermore, it can also be used as a package for long materials such as metal wire wrapping.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
  • a hollow body 101 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 has the same constituent elements as the hollow body 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. Therefore, among the constituent elements of the hollow body 101 shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, the same constituent elements as those of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. 1 and FIG.
  • two hollow bodies 101 are formed side by side with a predetermined interval 110 in the hollow portion 102A and 102B force width direction (XI-X2 direction in the drawing).
  • the dimension of the predetermined interval 110 is W6 in the drawing.
  • the hollow portion 102A extends in the longitudinal direction of the hollow body 101, is formed as an open end having an opening 104Aa at the front end, and is formed as an open end having an opening 104Ab at the rear end. Speak.
  • the hollow portion 102B extends in the longitudinal direction of the hollow body 101, is formed as an open end having an opening 104Ba at the front end, and has an opening 104Bb at the rear end. It is formed as an open end.
  • a joint 3c is formed between the two hollow portions 102A and 102B.
  • the joint 3c has a predetermined width dimension and is formed to extend in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing).
  • the hollow body 101 has tubes 107 and 108 positioned between the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, and the tubes 107 and 108 and the force width They are arranged side by side with a predetermined interval W 6 in the direction.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 constitute a hollow part forming member of the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS.
  • first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, the tube 107, and the tube 1 The longitudinal dimension of 08 is formed to the same dimension.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 have a cylindrical shape extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing), and are formed in an integral structure in which no seam or the like is formed. Yes.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 are formed in a thin film shape, and the film thickness is, for example, 10-300 ⁇ m.
  • the tube 107 is formed as an open end having an opening 107j at the front end.
  • the tube 107 is formed as an open end having an opening 107k at the rear end.
  • the tube 108 extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed as an open end having an opening 103 ⁇ 4 at the front end.
  • the tube 7 is formed as an open end having an opening 108k at the rear end.
  • the planar shape of the tubes 107 and 108 viewed from above is formed as a rectangle having width dimensions W7 and W8 and extending in the longitudinal direction, respectively.
  • the tube 107 is shown in a state in which the upper surface 107a and the lower surface 107b are separated from each other by a predetermined distance.
  • the width dimension W7 of the tube 107 refers to the upper surface 107a and the lower surface 107b. It means the width dimension when it is brought into close contact with the upper and lower direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure).
  • the tube 108 also has a force that the upper surface 108a and the lower surface 108b are spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance.
  • the width dimension W8 of the tube 108 refers to the upper surface 108a and the lower surface 108b in the vertical direction ( This means the width dimension when in close contact with the Z1-Z2 direction in the figure.
  • the force in which the width dimension W7 of the tube 107 and the width dimension W8 of the tube 108 are formed to be the same size is limited to this in the present invention.
  • the width dimensions W7 and W8 may be formed in different sizes.
  • the width dimension W9 of the first sheet 5 is between the width dimension W7 of the tube 107, the width dimension W8 of the tube 108, and between the tubes 107 and 108. It is formed larger than the total dimension W11 of the distance dimension W6. Further, the width dimension W10 of the second sheet 6 is also based on the total dimension W11 of the width dimension W7 of the tube 107, the width dimension W8 of the tube 108, and the distance dimension W6 between the tubes 107 and 108. Is also formed large. [0081] As shown in FIG. 4, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are stacked in the vertical direction (the Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the tubes 107 and 108. It is arranged.
  • one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the second side end 6c
  • the other side edge 6d of the sheet 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
  • the positional relationship in which the side end 107d of the tube 107 is located inside the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6 is provided.
  • the side end 108c of the tube 108 is positioned on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Arranged in positional relationship.
  • the width dimension W9 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W10 of the second sheet 6 are both the width dimension W7 of the tube 107 and the tube 108 described above.
  • the width dimension W8 and the total dimension W11 of the distance dimension W6 between the tubes 107 and 108 are formed.
  • the side end 107d of the tube 107 is arranged in a positional relationship so as to be located on the inner side of the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6.
  • the side end 108c of the tube 108 is positioned so as to be located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Be placed.
  • a central region 5g is formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5.
  • the width dimension W12 of the central region 5g is the same as the width dimension W11.
  • a central region 6g is formed between the side regions 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6, and the width dimension W13 of the central region 6g is the same as the width dimension W11 of the tube 7. is there.
  • the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tubes 107 and 108 have the same longitudinal length, so the first sheet Of 5
  • the front end 5h, the front end 6h of the second seat 6, the front end 107h of the tube 107, and the front end 108h of the tube 108 face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6, the rear end 107i of the tube 107, and the rear end 108i of the tube 107 face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 is in the center.
  • the entire upper surface 107a of the tube 107 and the entire upper surface 108a of the tube 108 are joined.
  • the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is bonded in the central region 6g while being in contact with the entire lower surface 107b of the tube 107 and the entire lower surface 108b of the tube 108.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e, and the side The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 shown in FIG. 4, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are the hollow portions shown in FIG. Configure 102A and 102B.
  • the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 4 constitute the joint portion 3a of the hollow body 101 shown in FIG. 3, and the side shown in FIG.
  • the side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 constitute the joint 3b of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
  • the portion where the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the lower surface 6b of the second sheet 6 are bonded to each other at the interval 110 of the interval 110 constitutes a bonded portion 3c shown in FIG.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 are formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated.
  • the multilayer structure can be configured. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 101 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can also be mixed depending on the application.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 are formed by an inflation method.
  • One of the tubes 107 and 108 is made of a material made of SPE and the other material is made of a material made of SPP. It is preferable that it is coated with a material that makes it easy to bond the two together (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material! /).
  • the second sheet 6 and the tubes 107 and 108 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 431 having PE force
  • one of the tubes 107 and 108 is made of PE and the other is made of PP, it is difficult for the two to be joined. It is preferable to be coated with a material (for example, olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to facilitate bonding.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the upper and lower sides of the tubes 107 and 108, respectively. Therefore, since the tubes 107 and 108 are reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the strength of the hollow body 101 can be improved.
  • the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 is formed on the entire upper surface 107a and the lower surface 107b of the tube 107 and on the entire upper surface 108a and the lower surface 108b of the tube 108. Since the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 is joined, the tubes 107 and 108 can be reliably reinforced.
  • the hollow portions 102A and 102B of the hollow body 101 are configured to have the tubes 107 and 108 having an integral structure in which a joint or the like is not formed. Therefore, when a fluid or an object to be packed is put into the hollow portions 102A and 102B, leakage does not occur from a joint or the like.
  • the two hollow portions 102A and 102B are formed.
  • the number of hollow portions is not limited and the tubes 107 and 108 are not limited. It is also possible that three or more hollow portions are formed by arranging the hub.
  • the width dimensions W7 and W8 of the tubes 107 and 108 may be formed with the same width dimension or different width dimensions.
  • the hollow body 101 has two hollow portions 102A and 102B, for example, when the hollow body 101 is used as a hose, different transported objects are used in the hollow portions 102A and 102B. Can be transported. Further, when used as a bag body, different objects to be packed can be packed in the hollow portions 102A and 102B.
  • the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 and the tubes 107 and 108 shown in FIG. 4 are examples in which seams and the like are respectively formed to have a monolithic structure.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 5, the tubes 7, 107 and 108 force are formed by winding the planar sheet body 17 into a cylindrical shape.
  • a material formed in a cylindrical shape by joining the side edges 17a and 17b at the joint 17c may be used.
  • the sheet body 17 is formed in a thin film shape, and the film thickness is, for example, 10 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the sheet body 17 is formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and has a multilayer structure in which a high density PE film and a low density PE film are laminated, or a high density PP film and a low density PP film. It can be composed of a laminated multilayer structure.
  • a multi-layer structure is formed, for example, an antifungal agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multi-layer structure. Additives can be mixed in each layer depending on the application.
  • a sheet formed by opening a tube formed by an inflation method can be used.
  • a sheet obtained by a known method such as a sheet formed by a T-die method can be used.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a third embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
  • a hollow body 601 shown in FIG. 6 has the same components as the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. Therefore, among the components of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG. 6, the same components as those of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 601 is also configured to have a hollow portion 2 and joint portions 3a and 3b.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 601 includes the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6 positioned on the lower side (Z2 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5, and the first sheet 5
  • the sheet 5 includes two sheet bodies 607 and 608 interposed between the sheet 5 and the second sheet 6.
  • the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are arranged in a positional relationship overlapping in the vertical direction.
  • the sheet bodies 607 and 608 constitute the hollow portion forming member of the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS.
  • the sheet body 607 is formed as a rectangle extending in the longitudinal direction having a planar shape force in the width direction (width dimension) W20 as viewed from the upper side (Z1 direction side in the drawing).
  • the sheet body 608 also has a planar shape as viewed from above, and is formed as a rectangle extending in the longitudinal direction having a dimension (width dimension) W21 in the width direction.
  • the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W21 of the sheet body 608 are formed to the same dimension.
  • the film thickness of the sheet bodies 607 and 608 is, for example, 10-300 ⁇ m.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 and the sheet bodies 607 and 608 have the same longitudinal dimension.
  • the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 is formed larger than the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W21 of the sheet body 608. Yes. Further, the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 is also formed larger than the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W21 of the sheet body 608.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are stacked in the vertical direction (the Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the sheet bodies 607 and 608. It is arranged at. At this time, one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the second side end 6c The other side edge 6d of the sheet 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
  • one side end 607c of the sheet body 607 is positioned on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Position And the other side end 607d of the sheet body 607 is located inside the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. Are arranged in a positional relationship.
  • one side end 608c of the sheet body 608 is positioned on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6.
  • the other side end 608d of the sheet body 608 is the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. It is arranged in a positional relationship located inside.
  • the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 are both the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width of the sheet body 608. It is formed larger than the dimension W21.
  • one side end 7c of the sheet body 607 and one side end 608c of the sheet body 608 are the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one of the side edges 5c of the second sheet 6. They are arranged in a positional relationship located on the inner side of one side end 6c.
  • the other side end 607d of the sheet body 607 and the other side end 608d of the sheet body 608 are the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 608d of the second sheet 6. Arranged in a positional relationship located inside the side edge 6d.
  • the width dimension W4 of the central region 5g formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 is the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 608. Same as width dimension W21.
  • the width dimension W5 of the central area 6g formed between the side areas 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6 is the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 608. Same as width dimension W21.
  • the front end 608h of 8 faces each other in the vertical direction.
  • the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6, the rear end 607i of the sheet body 607, and the rear end 608i of the sheet body 608 are opposed to each other in the vertical direction. To do.
  • the lower surface of the first sheet 5 in a state where the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, the sheet body 607, and the sheet body 608 are arranged in a positional relationship as shown in FIG. 5b is joined to the entire upper surface 607a of the sheet body 607 in the central region 5g. Further, the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is joined in the state of being in contact with the entire lower surface 608b of the sheet body 608 in the central region 6g.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e.
  • the side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VIII-VIII in FIG.
  • both side J ends 607c and 607d of the sheet body 607 are not joined to both side J ends 608c and 608d of the sheet body 608, and both side ends 607c of the sheet body 607 are joined.
  • 607d and the lateral region 5e of the first sheet 5 and the lateral region 6e of the second sheet 6 are joined to the outside of both side ends 608c, 608d of the sheet body 608, and The side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 are joined.
  • the side end 607c of the sheet body 607 and the side end 608c of the sheet body 608 are shown separated from each other, but this is because the structure is shown to be easily divided. Actually, the side end 607c of the sheet body 607 and the side end 608c of the sheet body 608 may be in contact with each other. Similarly, in FIG. 8, the side end 607d of the sheet body 607 and the side end 6 08d of the sheet body 608 are shown separated from each other, but this is because the structure is shown to be easily divided, Actually, the side end 607d of the sheet body 607 may be in contact with the side end 608d of the sheet body 608.
  • both side ends 607c and 607d of the sheet body 607 and the both side ends 608c and 608d of the sheet body 608 are not joined to each other, and 1
  • the joining of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the sheet bodies 607, 608 can be performed by a method using a laminate or an adhesive.
  • the bonding layer used for laminating is omitted.
  • first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, the sheet body 607, and the sheet body 608 are joined to form the hollow body 601 shown in FIG.
  • the sheet bodies 607 and 608 shown in FIG. 7 the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are formed in the hollow shown in FIG. Part 2 is composed.
  • the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 7 constitute the joint 3a of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG.
  • the side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 constitute the joint portion 3b of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG.
  • the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and have a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film. It can be composed of a laminated multilayer structure. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 601 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can also be mixed depending on the application. As the sheet bodies 607 and 608, for example, a sheet formed by opening a tube formed by an inflation method can be used. In addition, a sheet obtained by a known method such as a sheet formed by a T-die method can be used.
  • first sheet 5 and the sheet body 607 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 430 having PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in Fig. 15 to be described later, for example.
  • one of the first sheet 5 and the sheet body 607 is made of a material having PE force and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two.
  • Surface force of the material that makes it easier to join the two for example, olefin It is preferable that the system material is coated with a corona discharge treatment).
  • the second sheet 6 and the sheet body 608 are bonded by a laminating method via a bonding layer 431 having a PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 16, for example, If one of the second sheet 6 and the sheet body 608 is made of a material that also has PE force and the other material is made of SPP, it is difficult to join the two, so the one made of material made of PP It is preferable that the surface force is coated with a material (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material) for facilitating the bonding of the two.
  • a material for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the top and bottom of the sheet bodies 607 and 608, respectively. Therefore, since the hollow portion 2 can be formed in a state where the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the hollow portion 2 has sufficient strength.
  • the hollow body 601 having the following can be obtained.
  • the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 is joined to the entire upper surface 6077a of the sheet body 607. Further, since the lower surface 608b of the sheet body 608 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are joined, the strength of the hollow body 601 can be increased.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a fourth embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
  • a hollow body 701 shown in FIG. 9 has the same components as the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. It is. Therefore, among the components of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG. 9, the same components as those of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 701 is also configured to have a hollow portion 2 and joint portions 3a and 3b.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 701 includes a first sheet 5, a second sheet 6 positioned on the lower side (Z2 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5, and the first sheet 5.
  • a folded sheet body 707 interposed between the sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 is provided.
  • the folded sheet body 707 includes a sheet body 710 having a planar shape viewed from the upper side (Z1 direction side in the figure) formed in a rectangular shape in the width direction (XI-X2 direction in the figure).
  • a center line O—O that bisects is formed by bending both side edges 710a and 710b so as to face each other in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure).
  • a bent edge 710c is formed on the center line O-O.
  • the bent sheet body 707 constitutes a hollow portion forming member of the hollow body 701 shown in FIGS.
  • the bent edge 710c of the sheet body 710 constitutes one side end 707c of the bent sheet body 707. Further, both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 constitute the other side edge 707d of the folded sheet body 707.
  • the folded sheet body 707 is folded at the center line OO to form an upper surface 707e formed on the upper side (Z1 direction side in the drawing) of the center line OO, and a lower side ( A lower surface 707f formed on the Z2 direction side) is formed.
  • the upper surface 707el of the upper surface 707e constitutes the upper surface 707a of the folded sheet body 707
  • the lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f constitutes the lower surface 707b of the folded sheet body 707.
  • the dimension (width dimension) of the folded sheet body 707 in the width direction is W30, and the thickness of the folded sheet body 707 is, for example, 10 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 is formed larger than the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. Further, the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 is also formed larger than the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. [0136] As shown in FIG. 10, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are arranged in a positional relationship in which they are stacked in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the folded sheet body 707. It has been done.
  • one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the first side end 6c
  • the other side edge 6d of the second sheet 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
  • one side end 707c of the folded sheet body 707 is located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6.
  • the other side end 707d of the bent sheet body 707 is arranged in a positional relationship, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side of the second sheet 6 are arranged. Arranged in a positional relationship located inside the end 6d.
  • the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 are both formed larger than the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. Further, a position where one side end 707c of the folded sheet body 707 is located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Arranged in relationship. Further, the other side end 707d of the bent sheet body 707 is positioned on the inner side of the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. Arranged in positional relationship.
  • the width dimension W4 of the central region 5g formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 is the same as the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707.
  • the width dimension W5 of the central area 6g formed between the side areas 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6 is the same as the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707.
  • the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the folded sheet body 707 have the same longitudinal dimension, so that the first sheet 5
  • the front end 5h of the second sheet 6, the front end 6h of the second sheet 6, and the front end 707h of the folded sheet body 707 are mutually connected. Opposing in the vertical direction.
  • the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6, and the rear end 707i of the folded sheet body 707 are opposed to each other in the vertical direction.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 in a state where the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the folded sheet body 707 are arranged in a positional relationship as shown in FIG. Is joined to the entire upper surface 707el of the upper surface 707e of the folded sheet body 707 in the central region 5g.
  • the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is joined in a state in contact with the entire lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 in the central region 6g.
  • the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e, and the side The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XI—XI in FIG.
  • both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 are not joined, and both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 (the folded sheet body 707
  • the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 are joined outside the side end 707d).
  • the side region 5e of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6e of the second sheet 6 are joined to each other outside the side edge 707c of the folded sheet body 707.
  • the joining of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the upper surface 707e and the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 is performed by a method using a laminate or an adhesive. be able to.
  • the bonding layer used for laminating and bonding is omitted.
  • the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the folded sheet body 707 are joined to form the hollow body 701 shown in FIG.
  • the upper surface 707e and the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the middle of the second sheet 6 are shown.
  • the central region 6g constitutes the hollow portion 2 shown in FIG.
  • the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 10 constitute the joint portion 3a of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG.
  • the side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 9 constitute the joint portion 3b of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG.
  • the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 is formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and has a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film. And a multi-layer structure in which a low-density PP film is laminated.
  • each layer constituting the multilayer structure is mixed with all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can also be mixed depending on the application.
  • a sheet formed by opening a tube formed by an inflation method can be used.
  • a sheet obtained by a publicly known method such as a sheet formed by a T-die method can be used.
  • first sheet 5 and the folded sheet body 707 are bonded together by a laminating method via a bonding layer 430 having PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in Fig. 15 to be described later, for example.
  • one of the first sheet 5 and the folded sheet body 707 is made of a material that also has PE force and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two, so it is made of a material made of PP.
  • the surface force of the outer side is coated with a material for facilitating the joining of the two (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material).
  • the second sheet 6 and the folded sheet body 707 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 431 having a PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 16, for example.
  • a joining layer 431 having a PE force As in the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 16, for example.
  • one of the second sheet 6 layers and the folded sheet body 707 is made of a material having PE force and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two.
  • the surface that is formed of a material having high strength is coated with a material (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material) for facilitating the joining of the two.
  • the hollow body 701 shown in FIGS. 9 to 11 the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined above and below the folded sheet body 707. Accordingly, since the hollow portion 2 can be formed in a state where the folded sheet body 707 is reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the hollow portion 2 has sufficient strength.
  • the hollow body 701 can be provided.
  • the sheet body 710 is obtained by a force inflation method which is widely used by manufacturing a tube obtained by the inflation method. Since the sheet body 7 10 is manufactured by inflating the precursor hollow body extruded by air, the film thickness of the sheet body 710 is to improve the strength by improving the thinning material or the like. There is a limit. Thus, even if a hollow body is manufactured by joining both side edges 710a and 710b of the low strength sheet body 710, the strength cannot be improved.
  • the first sheet 5 is formed on the entire upper surface 707el of the upper surface 707e of the folded sheet body 707 including the sheet body 710.
  • the central region 5g of the folded body 707 and the lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are joined. The strength can be increased.
  • the sheet bodies 607 and 608 shown in FIG. 7 may be used in place of the tubes 107 and 108 forming the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 may be used in place of the tubes 107 and 108 constituting the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of the seat structure of the present invention.
  • a sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12 includes a lower layer sheet 202 and an upper side of the lower layer sheet 202 (the Z1 direction side in the drawing). ) And an upper layer sheet 203 formed on top of each other.
  • the planar shape viewed from above the lower layer sheet 202 is formed in a rectangle extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing) of the sheet structure 201.
  • the upper layer sheet 203 is also formed in a rectangular shape extending in the longitudinal direction of the sheet structure 201.
  • the upper layer sheet 203 is composed of a first sheet half 204 and a second sheet half 205.
  • the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are joined to the upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202 side by side in the width direction of the sheet structure 201 (the XI-X2 direction in the drawing). .
  • the first half sheet 204 has an inner end 204c, an outer end 204d, a front end 204h, and a rear end 204i.
  • the second sheet half body 205 has an outer end 205c, an inner end 205d, a front end 205h, and a rear end 205i.
  • one side end 202c of the lower layer sheet 202 and the outer end 205c of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the other side end 202d of the lower layer sheet 202 and the outer end 204d of the first sheet half 204 are formed so as to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 2051S are bonded to the entire upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202.
  • the inner end region 204e formed on the inner end 204c side of the first sheet half 204 and the inner end 205d side of the second sheet half 205 are formed.
  • the inner end region 205e thus formed is valley-folded by folding lines 210 and 211 and is bent upward with respect to the upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202.
  • the first sea The inner end region 204e of the second half 204 and the inner end region 205e of the second sheet half 205 are joined to form a joint 203a.
  • the joint 203a is formed continuously from the front end 201a to the rear end 201b of the sheet structure 201.
  • the lower layer sheet 202 is formed of, for example, a PP film or a PE film, and a multilayer structure in which a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated, or a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated.
  • the multilayer structure can be configured. In this case, for example, when the sheet structure 201 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Depending on the application, additives can be mixed.
  • the lower layer sheet 202 is formed by an inflation method.
  • the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are made of, for example, a PE woven fabric woven from a string or fine sheet-like polyethylene (PE) material, or a polypropylene on the surface of the PE woven fabric.
  • PP polypropylene
  • metal foil such as aluminum foil or copper foil, or polyester (PET) film, or PP or PET-powered substrate with aluminum vapor deposition or copper deposition, or PP nonwoven fabric or PE nonwoven fabric It can also be formed from PET nonwoven fabric, nylon nonwoven fabric, or paper.
  • the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are joined to the lower layer sheet 202 by a laminating method via a joining layer 430 having PE force.
  • the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 and the lower layer sheet 202 are made of a material with one force PE, and the other is a material with a PP force. Because the two are difficult to be joined, the surface of the material made of PP is coated with a material for facilitating the joining (for example, olefin-based material subjected to corona discharge treatment). I prefer to do that!
  • the upper sheet 203 is bonded on the lower sheet 202. Accordingly, since the lower layer sheet 202 is reinforced by the upper layer sheet 203, the strength of the lower layer sheet 202 can be improved. The In particular, since the upper layer sheet 203 is bonded to the entire upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202, the lower layer sheet 202 can be reliably reinforced.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the seat structure of the present invention.
  • a sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13 has the same components as the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. Therefore, in the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13, the same components as those in the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG.
  • the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13 is different from the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12.
  • the lower layer sheet 202 forms one sheet force.
  • the lower layer sheet 202 is composed of two lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f.
  • the planar shape seen from above the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f is formed in a rectangular shape extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing) of the sheet structure 801. ing.
  • the front end 202fl of the lower layer sheet half 202f and the front end 204h of the first sheet half 204 are formed so as to face each other in the up-down direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the drawing). It has been done. Further, the front end 202el of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the front end 205h of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the front end 202el of the lower layer sheet 202 is formed by the front end 202el of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the front end 202fl of the lower layer half half 202f.
  • the rear end 202f2 of the lower layer sheet half 202f and the rear end 204i of the first sheet half 204 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the rear end 202e2 of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the rear end 205i of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the rear end 202e2 of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the rear end 202f2 of the lower layer half 202f constitute a front end 202h of the lower layer sheet 202.
  • one outer end 202e3 of the lower sheet half 202e and the outer end 205c of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the outer end 202f4 of the lower sheet half 202f and the outer end 204d of the first sheet half 204 are: It is formed so as to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • one side end 202e3 of the lower layer sheet half 202e constitutes one side end 202c of the lower layer sheet 202
  • the outer end 202f4 force of the lower layer sheet half 202f is the other side of the lower layer sheet 202.
  • the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f are arranged side by side in the force width direction (the XI-X2 direction in the drawing), and the inner end 202e4 of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the lower layer sheet
  • the half body 202f faces the inner end 202f3 in the width direction (the XI-X2 direction in the drawing).
  • first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are bonded to the entire upper surfaces 202e5 and 202f5 of the lower sheet half 202e and 202f.
  • the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f are formed of, for example, a PP film or a PE film, and have a multilayer structure in which a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated, or a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film.
  • the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f are formed by an inflation method.
  • the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 and the lower sheet half 202e and 202f are laminated with a bonding layer 430 having PE force.
  • the first sheet half body 204 and the second sheet half body 205, and the lower sheet half body 202e and 202f is a material composed of one force PE, while the other If the material is made of PP, it is difficult to join them together. It is preferably coated with a material that has been treated.
  • the upper layer sheet 203 is bonded on the lower layer sheet 202. Accordingly, since the lower layer sheet 202 is reinforced by the upper layer sheet 203, the strength of the lower layer sheet 202 can be improved. The In particular, since the upper layer sheet 203 is bonded to the entire upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202, the lower layer sheet 202 can be reliably reinforced.
  • FIGS. 14 to 16 are process diagrams for explaining a method of manufacturing the hollow body 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2.
  • FIG. 14 shows an inflation film molding machine for manufacturing the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 and a manufacturing process of the tube 7.
  • the inflation Finolem molding machine 300 includes three extruders 301, 302, 303, an annular die 304, a cooling unit 305, and a guide plate 306. .
  • the extruders 301, 302, and 303 melt and knead the resin material of the tube 7 and extrude the resin material to the annular die 304 at a predetermined speed and a predetermined pressure.
  • the tube 7 to be manufactured can have a multilayer structure by changing different types of rosin raw materials and kinds and amounts of additives added to the rosin raw materials.
  • the high-density PP and low-density PP or high-density PE and low-density PP are separately supplied as the raw material for the resin, so that the tube 7 is supplied with the high-density PP.
  • It can be manufactured with a multilayer structure in which a film and a low-density PP film are laminated, or a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated.
  • a material having a different amount and type of fender-proofing agent is supplied to each of the extruders 301, 302, and 303 to form a multilayer structure It is also possible to produce a material in which an antifungal agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer.
  • the force provided with the three extruders 301, 302, 303 is not limited to the quantity of the extruders 301, 302, 303.
  • the number of the extruders 301, 302, and 303 can be set according to the number of layers of the tube 7 having a multilayer structure.
  • the resin raw material extruded into the annular die 304 by the extruders 301, 302, and 303 is extruded into an integrally structured cylinder by the annular die 304, and the cylindrical body 310 is formed into the annular die 304. Projects upward (Z1-Z2 direction side in the figure).
  • the annular die The cylindrical body 310 is cooled by the cooler 305 while air is supplied from 304 into the inner diameter portion 310 a of the cylindrical body 310.
  • the cylindrical body 310 expands by force toward the upper side of the annular die 304 while the diameter of the cylindrical body 310 increases and the film thickness decreases.
  • Cooling air is sprayed onto the cylindrical body 310 by the cooler 305 to cool the cylindrical body 310, whereby the tube 7 is manufactured.
  • the tube 7 is folded by the guide plate 306 in a state where the upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b shown in Fig. 2 are in a folded state, and then sandwiched between the pinch roll 311 and the conveying roll 312, And is wound into a roll shape by a scraping roll 317 provided in the scraper 316 via the guide rolls 313, 314, and 315.
  • FIG. 15 shows an apparatus for joining the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 2 and a joining process to the tube 7 shown in FIG.
  • a joining apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 15 includes a conveyor 401 having a transporting roll 401a and a transporting belt 401b, and a joining layer applying mechanism 410.
  • the bonding layer coating mechanism 410 is composed of a melt extruder 403 provided with a hopper 402 and a T-die 404 connected to the melt extruder 403.
  • the tube 7 manufactured by the inflation finer molding machine 300 shown in FIG. 14 is formed on the upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b shown in FIG. Is placed in a folded state.
  • the tube 7 placed on the conveyor belt 401b is also illustrated by the conveyance belt 401b being continuously moved at a constant speed toward the Y1 side force Y2 illustrated by the rotational driving force of the conveyance roll. Transported from Y1 side to Y2 side.
  • the resin raw material 420 for forming the bonding layer 430 is added.
  • This resin material 420 is a polyethylene resin material for forming the bonding layer 430.
  • the polyethylene resin material is a low density polyethylene (LDPE) having a relatively low melting temperature.
  • LDPE low density polyethylene
  • melt extrusion method using a T-die refers to a die that is shaped like a letter when a die adapter is attached. It means a processing method to extrude and form a resin into a sheet.
  • the resin raw material 420 is heated, melted, kneaded and extruded by the melt extruder 403, and is molded into a sheet form from the slit formed in the paddy die 404. However, the bonding layer 43 is pushed out over the entire upper surface 7a of the tube 7.
  • the first sheet 5 passes through the guide roll 440 and is placed on the bonding layer 430. Is supplied. At this time, the tube 7 and the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 are positioned so as to face each other in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the drawing). Therefore, the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 are located on the side of the tube 7. Then, the first sheet 5 is bonded onto the tube 7 through the bonding layer 430 by lamination, and a bonded body 450 is manufactured. Then, the joined body 450 in which the first sheet 5 is joined onto the tube 7 is taken up by a take-up roll (not shown).
  • FIG. 16 shows an apparatus and a joining process for joining the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 2 to the joined body 450 of the tube 7 and the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. Yes.
  • the joined body 450 force shown in FIG. 15 is placed on the conveyor belt 401b with the lower surface 7b of the tube 7 on the upper side (Z1 side in the drawing) and the first sheet 5 It is placed so as to be located on the lower side (Z2 side in the figure), and conveyed to the Y1 side force Y2 side in the figure.
  • the resin raw material 421 is a polyethylene resin material for forming the bonding layer 431.
  • the polyethylene resin material is a low-density polyethylene (LDPE) having a relatively low melting temperature.
  • the resin raw material 421 is heated, melted, kneaded and extruded by the melt extruder 403, and is molded into a sheet from the slit formed in the T die 404.
  • the bonding layer 431 is pushed out to the entire lower surface 7 b of the tube 7 constituting the bonded body 450 and the side regions 5 e and 5 f of the first sheet 5.
  • the bonding layer application mechanism 410 passes the guide roll 440 and passes over the bonding layer 431.
  • the second sheet 6 is supplied.
  • the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 constituting the joined body 450 and the side regions 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6 are vertically oriented (Z1-Z2 in the drawing). Direction).
  • the tube 7 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are arranged to face each other in the vertical direction.
  • the hollow body 1 manufactured as described above is wound up by a winding roll (not shown).
  • the first layer and the tube If one of the seven materials is made of PE and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two, so the surface force of the material made of PP makes it easier to join the two. It is preferably coated with a material (for example, an olefin-based material subjected to corona discharge treatment).
  • the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 431 made of PE, the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are joined.
  • One of the layer and the tube 7 is made of PE, and the other is made of PP.
  • the surface of the material made of PP is harder to join.
  • the hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the upper and lower sides of the tube 7 so that the tube 7 is
  • the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 can be reinforced. Therefore, the hollow body 1 with improved strength can be produced.
  • the entire upper surface 7a and lower surface 7b of the tube 7 can be joined to the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6, it is reliably reinforced.
  • the hollow body 1 can be manufactured.
  • the hollow portion 2 of the hollow body 1 can be constituted by the tube 7 having an integral structure formed with a seam or the like, it is manufactured by, for example, a T-die extrusion method. Compared with a hollow body formed by joining sheet bodies, a hollow body 1 that does not leak can be manufactured.
  • the force obtained by laminating the tube 7 and the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 is limited to this.
  • the tube 7 may be bonded to the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 by bonding with an adhesive.
  • an adhesive may be used instead of the bonding layers 230 and 231.
  • the tubes 107 and 108 are formed on the conveyor belt 401b in the step shown in FIG.
  • the second sheet 6 is attached to the tube in the step shown in FIG. 1
  • the second sheet 6 may be joined to the lower surfaces 107b and 108b of 07 and 108 and the first sheet. Note that three or more hollow portions can be formed in the hollow body 101 by arranging tubes in addition to the tubes 107 and 108 in the step shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 show, for example, the use of two joining devices 400, or a single joining device provided with two or more of the conveyor belt 401b and the joining layer coating mechanism 410.
  • the hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
  • the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are moved in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) on the conveying belt 401b in the step shown in FIG.
  • the second sheet 6 is moved to the sheet body in the step shown in FIG.
  • the second sheet 6 may be joined on the lower surface 608b of the 608 (Z1 direction side in the figure) and on the first sheet.
  • the hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
  • the upper surface 707a (the upper surface 70 7e of the folded sheet body 707 is placed on the transport belt 401b in the step shown in Fig. 15. 16 is arranged with the upper surface 707el) of the upper surface 707e of the folded sheet body 707 after the first sheet 5 is joined to the upper surface 707el of the folded sheet body 707 in the step shown in FIG.
  • the second sheet 6 is placed on the lower surface of the bent sheet body 707 (the lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f) (on the Z1 direction side in the drawing) and on the first sheet.
  • the second sheet 6 may be joined.
  • the hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
  • the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 can be formed by cutting the tube 7 obtained in the process shown in FIG. 14 into a single sheet.
  • the hollow body 1 manufactured by the steps shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 is connected to the inner side of the joint 3a shown in FIG.
  • the cut end faces 550a and 550b cut along the cutting line 500 may be opened away from each other to the state shown in FIG.
  • the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 2 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 12, and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. A second sheet half 205 is formed.
  • the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 constitutes the lower layer sheet 202 shown in FIG.
  • the hollow region so as to remove the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 constituting the joint portion 3b. After cutting the part 2 in the longitudinal direction, it may be opened in the state shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 701 shown in Figs. 9 to 11 manufactured by the above-described method extends in the longitudinal direction as indicated by a one-dot chain line inside the joint portion 3b shown in Figs. 9 and 11.
  • the cut end faces 560a and 560b cut along the cutting line 501 may be opened in the direction away from each other and opened in the state shown in FIG.
  • the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 10 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 12
  • the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 10 is the second sheet 6 shown in FIG.
  • a half sheet 205 is formed.
  • the curled sheet body 707 constitutes the lower layer sheet 202 shown in FIG.
  • the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12 is manufactured by such a method, the sheet structure 201 having a large width can be manufactured simply by cutting and opening the hollow body 1. Can do.
  • the hollow body 1 having a small width is first manufactured, and the hollow body 1 is cut open so that the width is approximately twice that of the hollow body 1. Since the sheet structure 201 having dimensions can be manufactured, the manufacturing cost can be reduced and the manufacturing can be performed with a small manufacturing space.
  • the hollow body 601 shown in Figs. 6 to 8 manufactured by the above-described method is connected to the inside of the joint 3a shown in Fig. 6 by a one-dot chain line.
  • the cut end faces 550a and 550b cut along the cutting line 500 are opened in a direction away from each other and opened in the state shown in FIG.
  • the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 7 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG.
  • the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 6 is the second sheet 6 shown in FIG.
  • the sheet half 205 is formed. Further, the sheet body 607 shown in FIG. 7 constitutes the lower layer sheet half body 202e, and the sheet body 608 constitutes the lower layer sheet half body 202f.
  • the hollow region so as to remove the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 constituting the joint 3b. After cutting the part 2 in the longitudinal direction, it may be opened in the state shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 701 shown in Figs. 9 to 11 manufactured by the above-described method is arranged in the longitudinal direction as indicated by a one-dot chain line inside the joint portion 3a shown in Figs. 9 and 11.
  • the cut end faces 550a and 550b cut along the cutting line 500 may be opened in a direction away from each other and opened in the state shown in FIG.
  • the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 10 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 13
  • the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 10 is the second sheet 6 shown in FIG.
  • a half sheet 205 is formed.
  • the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 constitutes the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f shown in FIG.
  • the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13 is manufactured by such a method, the sheet structure 801 having a large width dimension can be manufactured simply by cutting and opening the hollow body 601. Can do.
  • the hollow body 601 having a small width is first manufactured, and the hollow body 1 is cut open so that the hollow body 601 is approximately twice as large. Since the sheet structure 801 having a width dimension can be manufactured, the manufacturing cost can be reduced and the manufacturing can be performed in a small manufacturing space.
  • the hollow portion 2 is further formed on the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS. 6 to 8 (Z1 direction side in the drawing) by the sheet bodies 607 and 608 and the first sheet 5; You may comprise the hollow body 901 of 5th Embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the hollow body 901 since the two hollow portions 2 are formed in the upward and downward direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the drawing), for example, when the hollow body 901 is used as a hose, the two hollow portions 2 are formed. This makes it possible to transport different objects. Further, when used as a bag body, it becomes possible to pack different objects to be packed in the two hollow portions 2.
  • the tube 7 shown in Fig. 2 may be arranged vertically instead of the sheet bodies 607 and 608, and the sheet bodies 607 and 608 may be substituted.
  • the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 may be arranged vertically. Even in these cases, it becomes possible to transport or pack different objects in the hollow portions 2 formed above and below, or the dimensions of the hollow body 901 in the width direction (XI-X2 direction in the drawing). It is possible to easily manufacture a sheet structure having a width dimension approximately three times as large as (width dimension), and to manufacture in a small manufacturing space compared to the method of manufacturing a sheet structure by the T-die method. Is possible.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of a hollow body of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing another form of a tube constituting the hollow body shown in FIGS. 1 and 3.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a third embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 8 Cross-sectional view taken along line VIII-VIII in Fig. 6,
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a fourth embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of the seat structure of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the sheet structure of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a manufacturing process of the hollow body shown in FIG. 1, and a process diagram showing a manufacturing process
  • FIG. 15 The hollow body manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 and the process shown in FIG. One process diagram showing the process
  • FIG. 16 is a process diagram showing the hollow body manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 and the steps performed after the process shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view showing a fifth embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Composite Materials (AREA)
  • Lining Or Joining Of Plastics Or The Like (AREA)
  • Bag Frames (AREA)
  • Making Paper Articles (AREA)
  • Rigid Pipes And Flexible Pipes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

A hollow body and a sheet body that are excellent in strength and can be produced at low production costs and in a reduced space, and a method of producing them. In a hollow body (1) having a hollow section forming member (7) between a first sheet (5) and a second sheet (6), an upper surface (7a) of the hollow section forming member (7) is joined to a central region (5g) of the first sheet (5) and a lower surface (7b) of the hollow section forming member (7) is joined to a central region (6g) of the second sheet (6). Side regions (5e, 5f) of the first sheet (5) are joined to the side regions (6e, 6f) of the second sheet (6) to form a hollow section (2). Further, in a sheet structure body (201) having an upper layer sheet (203) joined over a lower layer sheet (202), the upper layer sheet (203) is formed by arranging first and second sheet half bodies (204, 205) side-by-side in the width direction, inner end regions (204e, 205e) of the first and second sheet half bodies (204, 205) are folded upward relative to an upper surface (202a) of the lower layer sheet (202) and joined, and the joined section (203a) is continuously formed between front and rear ends (201a, 201b).

Description

明 細 書  Specification
中空体とシート構造体、およびこれらの製造方法  Hollow body and sheet structure, and manufacturing method thereof
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、中空体と、シート構造体、およびそれらの製造方法に関し、特に強度に 優れるとともに低廉な製造コストと少ないスペースで製造可能な中空体とシート構造 体、およびこれらの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。  TECHNICAL FIELD [0001] The present invention relates to a hollow body, a sheet structure, and a method for producing the same, and particularly to a hollow body and a sheet structure that are excellent in strength and can be produced at low production cost and in a small space, and methods for producing these. The purpose is to provide.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 従来から、流体を流すための中空体や、袋体を製造するための材料として使用され る中空体はインフレーション法によって製造されて 、る。このインフレーション法は、 円筒型のダイ (環状ダイ）が設けられた押出し機に熱可塑性榭脂を充填し、この押出 し機カゝら前記環状ダイを介して熱可塑性榭脂を押出して前駆中空体を得、さらにこの 前駆中空体の中空部内にエアを吹き込んで膨らませながら、所望の大きさの中空体 を連続的に製造する方法である。  Conventionally, a hollow body for flowing a fluid and a hollow body used as a material for manufacturing a bag body have been manufactured by an inflation method. In this inflation method, a thermoplastic resin is filled in an extruder provided with a cylindrical die (annular die), and the thermoplastic resin is extruded through the annular die from the extruder and the precursor hollow. In this method, a hollow body having a desired size is continuously produced while air is blown into the hollow portion of the precursor hollow body to be expanded.
[0003] このインフレーション法は中空体を効率良く製造できることから、中空体の製造に広 く用いられており、インフレーション法によって製造された中空体は力卩ェが比較的容 易であることから、中空部内に流体を流して搬送するための用途や、袋体の材料とし ての用途に広く汎用されている。  [0003] Since this inflation method can efficiently produce a hollow body, it is widely used in the production of hollow bodies, and the hollow body produced by the inflation method is relatively easy to use. Widely used in applications for flowing and transporting fluid in hollow parts, and for use as a bag material.
[0004] また、 T字型のダイ (Tダイ)が設けられた押出し機に熱可塑性榭脂を充填し、この 押出し機カゝら前記 Tダイを介して熱可塑性榭脂を押出してシート構造体を得る (Tダ ィ押出し法)。そして、このシート構造体 2枚を、それぞれの両側端部が対向する位置 関係で上下方向で 2枚重ね、それぞれのシート構造体の両側端部を接合すると、前 記 2枚のシート構造体の間に中空部が形成された中空体を製造することができる。  [0004] Further, a thermoplastic resin is filled in an extruder provided with a T-shaped die (T-die), and the thermoplastic resin is extruded through the T-die from the extruder and the sheet structure. Get body (T-die extrusion). Then, when the two sheet structures are overlapped in the vertical direction with the two side edges facing each other, and the two side edges of each sheet structure are joined, the two sheet structures are formed. A hollow body in which a hollow portion is formed can be produced.
[0005] このように、 Tダイ押出し法によって製造された中空体も、種々の用途に使用されて いる。  [0005] As described above, hollow bodies produced by the T-die extrusion method are also used for various applications.
[0006] 一方、 1枚のシート構造体を製造する方法として、前記インフレーション法によって 製造された中空体を切り開いて、幅寸法の大きな 1枚のシート構造体とすることも行 なわれている。このようにして製造されたシート構造体も種々の用途に広く使用されて いる。 [0006] On the other hand, as a method of manufacturing a single sheet structure, a hollow body manufactured by the inflation method is cut open to form a single sheet structure having a large width dimension. Sheet structures manufactured in this way are also widely used in various applications. Yes.
[0007] また、前記 Tダイ押出し法によって得られたシート構造体は、 2枚を重ねた状態で接 合して中空体とする他、シート構造体のままで種々の用途に広く汎用されている。  [0007] In addition, the sheet structure obtained by the T-die extrusion method is joined widely in a state where two sheets are overlapped to form a hollow body, and the sheet structure remains widely used for various applications. Yes.
[0008] インフレーション法に関する技術は、例えば以下に示す特許文献 1に開示されてい る。また、 Τダイ押出し法に関する技術は、例えば以下に示す特許文献 2に開示され ている。  [0008] A technique related to the inflation method is disclosed, for example, in Patent Document 1 shown below. In addition, a technique related to the vertical die extrusion method is disclosed in, for example, Patent Document 2 shown below.
特許文献 1：特開平 5— 200862号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-200862
特許文献 2 :特開 2000-326391公報  Patent Document 2: JP 2000-326391 A
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0009] しかし、前記インフレーション法は、エアによって押し出された前駆中空体を膨らま せることによって製造されるものであるため、製造された中空体は膜厚が薄ぐ材質な どの改良による強度の向上を図るにも限界がある。したがって、前記中空体を切り開 いて 1枚のシート体としたものも、膜厚が薄ぐ材質などの改良による強度の向上を図 るにも限界がある。 However, since the inflation method is produced by inflating a precursor hollow body extruded by air, the produced hollow body is improved in strength by improvement of a material having a thin film thickness. There is a limit to plan Therefore, there is a limit to the improvement of strength by improving the material with a thin film thickness, even if the hollow body is cut into a single sheet body.
[0010] また、前記 Τダイによって製造された前記シート構造体の寸法は、前記 Τダイの寸 法に依存する。したがって、幅寸法が大きなシート構造体を製造するためには、製造 されるシート構造体の幅寸法と同程度の大きな Τダイが必要となるため、製造コストの 高騰や、製造スペースの確保が困難になる。  [0010] In addition, the size of the sheet structure manufactured by the saddle die depends on the size of the saddle die. Therefore, in order to manufacture a sheet structure having a large width dimension, a large die that is almost the same as the width dimension of the sheet structure to be manufactured is required, so that it is difficult to increase the manufacturing cost and secure the manufacturing space. become.
[0011] 本発明は前記従来の課題を解決するためのものであり、強度の向上を図ることがで きるとともに、低廉な製造コストと少ないスペースで製造可能な中空体とシート構造体 、およびこれらの製造方法を提供することを目的としている。  [0011] The present invention is for solving the above-described conventional problems, and can improve the strength, and can be manufactured at a low manufacturing cost and in a small space, and a hollow body and a sheet structure, and It aims at providing the manufacturing method of.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0012] 本発明の中空体は、第 1のシートと、前記第 1のシートの下方に位置する第 2のシー トと、前記第 1のシートと前記第 2のシートの間に設けられた中空部形成部材とを有し 前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシートは、前記中空部形成部材の幅寸法と同じ 幅寸法で形成された中央領域と、前記中央領域の両側方に形成された側方領域と をそれぞれ有しており、 [0012] The hollow body of the present invention is provided between the first sheet, the second sheet positioned below the first sheet, and the first sheet and the second sheet. The first sheet and the second sheet are formed in a central region formed with the same width as the hollow portion forming member and on both sides of the central region. Side area and Each has
前記中空部形成部材の上面は前記第 1のシートに形成された中央領域と接合され るとともに、前記中空部形成部材の下面は前記第 2のシートに形成された中央領域と 接合され、前記第 1のシートに形成された前記側方領域が、前記第 2のシートに形成 された側方領域と接合されており、  An upper surface of the hollow portion forming member is joined to a central region formed on the first sheet, and a lower surface of the hollow portion forming member is joined to a central region formed on the second sheet, The lateral region formed in the first sheet is joined to the lateral region formed in the second sheet;
前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域と によって、前端と後端に開口部を有する中空部が形成されていることを特徴とするも のである。  A hollow portion having openings at the front end and the rear end is formed by the hollow portion forming member and the central region of the first sheet and the second sheet.
[0013] 本発明の中空体は、中空部形成部材の上下に、第 1のシートと第 2のシートとが接 合されている。したがって、中空部形成部材は第 1のシートおよび第 2のシートによつ て補強されることとなるため、中空体の強度を向上することができる。  [0013] In the hollow body of the present invention, the first sheet and the second sheet are joined above and below the hollow part forming member. Therefore, since the hollow part forming member is reinforced by the first sheet and the second sheet, the strength of the hollow body can be improved.
[0014] この場合、前記中空部形成部材が幅方向に所定間隔を空けて複数設けられており 、前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域と によって、前端と後端に開口部を有する中空部が複数形成されているものとして構成 することができる。  [0014] In this case, a plurality of the hollow portion forming members are provided at a predetermined interval in the width direction, and the hollow portion forming member and the central region of the first sheet and the second sheet, It can be configured as a plurality of hollow portions having openings at the front end and the rear end.
[0015] このように構成すると、中空体には 2つの中空部が形成されているため、例えば前 記中空体をホースとして使用した場合に、 2つの前記中空部とで、異なる被搬送物を 搬送することが可能となる。また、袋体として使用した場合には、 2つの前記中空部と で、異なる被梱包物を梱包することが可能となる。  [0015] With this configuration, since the hollow body has two hollow portions, for example, when the hollow body is used as a hose, different objects to be conveyed are used in the two hollow portions. It can be transported. In addition, when used as a bag body, it becomes possible to pack different items to be packed between the two hollow portions.
[0016] この場合、前記中空部形成部材が中空状のチューブであるものとして構成すること ができる。  [0016] In this case, the hollow portion forming member can be configured as a hollow tube.
[0017] また、前記中空部形成部材が上下に重ねられた 2枚のシート体であるものとして構 成することができる。  [0017] Further, the hollow portion forming member can be configured as two sheets stacked one above the other.
[0018] また、前記中空部形成部材が 1枚のシート体を幅方向に 2分する中央線で折り曲げ られて形成された折り曲げシート体であるものとして構成しても良い。  [0018] Further, the hollow portion forming member may be a folded sheet body formed by bending a single sheet body by a center line that bisects the sheet body in the width direction.
[0019] また本発明のシート構造体は、下層シートと、前記下層シートの上に接合された上 層シートとを有し、前記上層シートは第 1のシート半体と第 2のシート半体とが幅方向 に並んで配列された状態で、前記第 1のシート半体の内側端領域と、前記第 2のシー ト半体の内側端領域とが、前記下層シートの上面に対して上方側に折り曲げられた 状態で接合され、この接合部が前端カゝら後端まで連続して形成されて ヽることを特徴 とするちのである。 [0019] The sheet structure of the present invention includes a lower layer sheet and an upper layer sheet bonded onto the lower sheet, and the upper layer sheet includes a first sheet half and a second sheet half. Are arranged side by side in the width direction and the inner end region of the first sheet half and the second sheet The inner end region of the half body is joined to the upper surface of the lower layer sheet in a state of being bent upward, and this joined portion is formed continuously from the front end to the rear end. It is a characteristic.
[0020] 本発明のシート構造体は、下層シートの上に、上層シートが接合されている。したが つて、下層シートは上層シートによって補強されることとなるため、下層シートの強度 を向上することができる。  [0020] In the sheet structure of the present invention, the upper layer sheet is bonded onto the lower layer sheet. Therefore, since the lower layer sheet is reinforced by the upper layer sheet, the strength of the lower layer sheet can be improved.
[0021] この場合、前記下層シートは、 2枚の下層シート半体が幅方向に並んで配置されて 形成されて ヽるものとして構成することができる。 [0021] In this case, the lower layer sheet can be configured by forming two lower layer sheet halves arranged side by side in the width direction.
[0022] また本発明の中空体の製造方法は以下の工程を有することを特徴とするものであ る。 [0022] The method for producing a hollow body of the present invention is characterized by having the following steps.
(a)中空部形成部材の上面と第 1のシートに形成された中央領域とを接合して接合 体を形成する工程と、  (a) forming a joined body by joining the upper surface of the hollow part forming member and the central region formed on the first sheet;
(b)前記接合体を構成する前記中空部形成部材の下面と第 2のシートに形成された 中央領域を接合するとともに、前記第 1のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形成さ れた第 1のシートの両側方領域と、前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形 成された第 2のシートの両側方領域とを接合し、前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシ ートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域とで中空部を形成する工程。  (b) Joining the lower surface of the hollow part forming member constituting the joined body and the central region formed on the second sheet, and forming the first sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the first sheet A region on both sides of the first sheet and a region on both sides of the second sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the second sheet are joined, and the hollow portion forming member and the first sheet are joined. Forming a hollow portion with the central region of the second sheet and the second sheet.
[0023] この場合、前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を幅方向に所定間隔を空けて複 数配置し、複数の前記中空部形成部材の上面と前記第 1のシートの中央領域とを接 合し、前記 (b)工程で、前記複数の中空部形成部材の下面と前記第 2のシートの前 記中央領域とを接合するものとして構成することができる。  [0023] In this case, in the step (a), a plurality of the hollow portion forming members are arranged at predetermined intervals in the width direction, and the upper surface of the plurality of hollow portion forming members and the central region of the first sheet are arranged. In the step (b), the lower surface of the plurality of hollow part forming members and the central region of the second sheet can be joined.
[0024] 本発明の中空体の製造方法では、中空部形成部材の上下に、第 1のシートと第 [0024] In the method for producing a hollow body of the present invention, the first sheet and the first sheet are formed above and below the hollow portion forming member.
2のシートとを接合して、中空部形成部材を前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシート によって補強することができる。そのため、強度が向上された中空体を製造することが できる。 The hollow sheet forming member can be reinforced by the first sheet and the second sheet by joining the two sheets. Therefore, a hollow body with improved strength can be produced.
[0025] この場合、前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を中空状のチューブで形成する ものとして構成することができる。  [0025] In this case, in the step (a), the hollow part forming member can be formed of a hollow tube.
[0026] また、前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を上下に重ねられた 2枚のシート体で 形成するものとして構成することができる。 [0026] Further, in the step (a), the hollow portion forming member is made up of two sheets stacked one above the other. It can be configured to form.
[0027] また、前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を、 1枚のシート体を幅方向に 2分す る中央線で折り曲げられて形成された折り曲げシート体で形成するものとして構成し ても良い。  [0027] Further, in the step (a), the hollow portion forming member is formed of a folded sheet formed by bending a single sheet body along a center line that divides the sheet body into two in the width direction. You can do it.
また、前記 (a)工程と前記 (b)工程とを同時に行なうものとして構成しても良い。  Further, the step (a) and the step (b) may be performed simultaneously.
[0028] また本発明のシート構造体の製造方法は、以下の工程を有することを特徴とするも のである。 [0028] The method for producing a sheet structure of the present invention includes the following steps.
(c)中空部形成部材の上面と第 1のシートに形成された中央領域とを接合して接合 体を形成する工程と、  (c) joining the upper surface of the hollow portion forming member and the central region formed on the first sheet to form a joined body;
(d)前記接合体を構成する前記中空部形成部材の下面と第 2のシートに形成された 中央領域を接合するとともに、前記第 1のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形成さ れた第 1のシートの両側方領域と、前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形 成された第 2のシートの両側方領域とを接合し、前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシ ートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域とで中空部を形成する工程と、 (d) Joining the lower surface of the hollow part forming member constituting the joined body and the central region formed in the second sheet, and forming the first sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the first sheet A region on both sides of the first sheet and a region on both sides of the second sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the second sheet are joined, and the hollow portion forming member and the first sheet are joined. Forming a hollow portion with the center region of the second sheet and the second sheet;
(e)前記中空部を、長手方向に延びる切断線で切断する工程。 (e) A step of cutting the hollow portion with a cutting line extending in the longitudinal direction.
[0029] 本発明のシート構造体の製造方法では、中空体を切断するだけで簡単に、大きな 幅寸法を有するシート構造体を製造することができる。  [0029] In the method for producing a sheet structure of the present invention, a sheet structure having a large width can be produced simply by cutting the hollow body.
[0030] また、まず幅寸法の小さな中空体を製造し、この中空体を切断することによって、中 空体のほぼ 2倍程度の幅寸法を有するシート構造体を製造することができるため、製 造コストを低廉にすることができるとともに、少ない製造スペースでの製造が可能とな る。 [0030] In addition, since a hollow body having a small width dimension is first manufactured, and the hollow body is cut, a sheet structure having a width dimension approximately twice that of the hollow body can be manufactured. Manufacturing costs can be reduced, and manufacturing in a small manufacturing space is possible.
[0031] この場合、前記 ）工程の後に、（f)前記切断線で切断した切断端面を、互いに離 れる方向に向力つて開く工程、を有するものとして構成することができきる。  [0031] In this case, after the step (1), (f) a step of opening the cut end faces cut along the cutting line by force in directions away from each other can be configured.
[0032] この場合、前記 (c)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を中空状のチューブで形成する ものとして構成することができる。  [0032] In this case, in the step (c), the hollow part forming member can be formed as a hollow tube.
[0033] また、前記 (c)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を上下に重ねられた 2枚のシート体で 形成するものとして構成することができる。  [0033] In addition, in the step (c), the hollow portion forming member can be formed of two sheets that are stacked one above the other.
[0034] また、前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を、 1枚のシート体を幅方向に 2分す る中央線で折り曲げられて形成された折り曲げシート体で形成するものとして構成し ても良い。 [0034] In the step (a), the hollow portion forming member is divided into two sheets in the width direction of one sheet body. Alternatively, the sheet may be formed of a bent sheet formed by being bent at the center line.
[0035] また、前記 (c)工程と前記 (d)工程とを同時に行なうものとして構成しても良い。  [0035] Further, the step (c) and the step (d) may be performed simultaneously.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0036] 本発明の中空体は、中空部形成部材の上下に、第 1のシートと第 2のシートとが接 合されている。したがって、中空部形成部材は第 1のシートおよび第 2のシートによつ て補強されることとなるため、中空体の強度を向上することができる。  [0036] In the hollow body of the present invention, the first sheet and the second sheet are joined to the top and bottom of the hollow part forming member. Therefore, since the hollow part forming member is reinforced by the first sheet and the second sheet, the strength of the hollow body can be improved.
[0037] また本発明のシート構造体は、下層シートの上に、上層シートが接合されている。し たがって、下層シートは上層シートによって補強されることとなるため、下層シートの 強度を向上することができる。  [0037] In the sheet structure of the present invention, the upper layer sheet is bonded onto the lower layer sheet. Therefore, since the lower layer sheet is reinforced by the upper layer sheet, the strength of the lower layer sheet can be improved.
[0038] また本発明の中空体の製造方法では、中空部形成部材の上下に、第 1のシートと 第 2のシートとを接合して、中空部形成部材を前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシ ートによって補強することができる。そのため、強度が向上された中空体を製造するこ とがでさる。  [0038] Further, in the method for producing a hollow body of the present invention, the first sheet and the second sheet are joined to the top and bottom of the hollow part forming member, and the hollow part forming member is attached to the first sheet and the first sheet. Can be reinforced with 2 sheets. Therefore, it is possible to produce a hollow body with improved strength.
[0039] また本発明のシート構造体の製造方法では、中空体を切断して切り開くだけで簡 単に、大きな幅寸法を有するシート構造体を製造することができる。  [0039] In the method for producing a sheet structure of the present invention, a sheet structure having a large width dimension can be produced simply by cutting and opening the hollow body.
[0040] また、まず幅寸法の小さな中空体を製造し、この中空体を切り開くことによって、中 空体のほぼ 2倍程度の幅寸法を有するシート構造体を製造することができるため、製 造コストを低廉にすることができるとともに、少ない製造スペースでの製造が可能とな る。  [0040] In addition, since a hollow body having a small width dimension is first manufactured, and the hollow body is cut open, a sheet structure having a width dimension approximately twice that of the hollow body can be manufactured. Costs can be reduced and manufacturing in a small manufacturing space is possible.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0041] 図 1は本発明の中空体の第 1実施形態を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
図 1に示すように、前記中空体 1は、図示 XI— X2方向に所定の間隔を有する幅寸 法を有し、図示 Y1— Y2方向に向力つて連続して延びて形成されている。前記中空 体 1では、図示 Y1— Y2方向が長手方向となり、図示 XI— X2方向が幅方向となる。  As shown in FIG. 1, the hollow body 1 has a width dimension having a predetermined interval in the XI-X2 direction shown in the drawing, and is continuously extended in the Y1-Y2 direction shown in the drawing. In the hollow body 1, the Y1-Y2 direction shown in the drawing is the longitudinal direction, and the XI-X2 direction shown is the width direction.
[0042] 図 1に示すように中空体 1は、中空部 2と接合部 3a、 3bとを有して構成されて 、る。 As shown in FIG. 1, the hollow body 1 includes a hollow portion 2 and joint portions 3a and 3b.
[0043] 前記中空部 2は、前記中空体 1の長手方向に向力つて延びており、前端 2aが開口 部 4aを有する開放端として形成されている。また、前記中空部 2は、後端 2bが開口 部 4bを有する開放端として形成されて 、る。 [0043] The hollow portion 2 extends in the longitudinal direction of the hollow body 1, and the front end 2a is formed as an open end having an opening 4a. The hollow portion 2 has an open rear end 2b. It is formed as an open end having a portion 4b.
[0044] 前記接合部 3aおよび 3bは、それぞれ前記中空部 2の両側方に形成されており、所 定の幅寸法を有して前記長手方向に延びて形成されて 、る。  [0044] The joint portions 3a and 3b are formed on both sides of the hollow portion 2, respectively, and have a predetermined width dimension and extend in the longitudinal direction.
[0045] 図 2は、前記中空体 1の分解斜視図である。図 2に示すように、前記中空体 1は、第 1のシート 5と、この第 1のシート 5の下方側（図示 Z2方向側）に位置する第 2のシート 6、および前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の間に介装された中空状のチュー ブ 7とを有して構成されている。前記チューブ 7が図 1および図 2に示す前記中空体 1 の中空部形成部材を構成して ヽる。  FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body 1. As shown in FIG. 2, the hollow body 1 includes a first sheet 5, a second sheet 6 positioned on the lower side (Z2 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5, and the first sheet. 5 and a hollow tube 7 interposed between the second sheet 6 and the second sheet 6. The tube 7 constitutes a hollow part forming member of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. 1 and FIG.
[0046] 図 2に示す実施形態では、前記第 1のシート 5の上方側（図示 Z1方向側）から見た 平面形状が、幅方向における寸法 (幅寸法) W1を有して長手方向に延びる長方形と して形成されている。また、前記第 2のシート 6の上方から見た平面形状も、幅寸法 W 2を有して長手方向に延びる長方形として形成されて 、る。  In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the planar shape seen from the upper side (Z1 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5 has a dimension (width dimension) W1 in the width direction and extends in the longitudinal direction. It is formed as a rectangle. The planar shape of the second sheet 6 as viewed from above is also formed as a rectangle having a width dimension W2 and extending in the longitudinal direction.
[0047] 前記チューブ 7は、長手方向（図示 Y1— Y2方向）に向力つて延びる円筒状であり、 継ぎ目などが形成されて ヽな ヽ一体的構造で形成されて 、る。前記チューブ 7は薄 いフィルム状で構成され、膜厚は例えば 10— 300 mである。  [0047] The tube 7 has a cylindrical shape extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the figure) and has a seam or the like, and is formed in a single-piece structure. The tube 7 is composed of a thin film, and the film thickness is, for example, 10-300 m.
[0048] 前記チューブ 7は、前端で開口部 7jを有する開放端として形成されて 、る。また、前 記チューブ 7は、後端で開口部 7kを有する開放端として形成されている。なお図 2で は、前記チューブ 7を、前記上面 7aと前記下面 7bとが、互いに所定間隔だけ離れた 状態で示している力 前記チューブ 7の幅寸法 W3とは、前記上面 7aと前記下面 7bと を、上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）に密着させた状態にしたときの幅寸法を意味してい る。  [0048] The tube 7 is formed as an open end having an opening 7j at the front end. The tube 7 is formed as an open end having an opening 7k at the rear end. In FIG. 2, the force of the tube 7 shown in the state in which the upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b are separated from each other by a predetermined distance is the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. It means the width dimension when and are in close contact in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure).
[0049] また、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 7の長手方向寸法は、 同じに形成されている。  [0049] The longitudinal dimensions of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tube 7 are the same.
[0050] 図 2に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W1は、前記チューブ 7の前記 幅寸法 W3よりも大きく形成されている。また、前記第 2のシート 6の前記幅寸法 W2も 、前記チューブ 7の前記幅寸法 W3よりも大きく形成されて 、る。  As shown in FIG. 2, the width dimension W 1 of the first sheet 5 is formed larger than the width dimension W 3 of the tube 7. Further, the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 is also formed larger than the width dimension W3 of the tube 7.
[0051] 図 2に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6は、前記チューブ 7を介し て上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）に重ねられた位置関係で配置されている。このとき、 前記第 1のシート 5の一方の側端 5cと前記第 2のシート 6の一方の側端 6cとが対向す るとともに、前記第 1のシート 5の他方の側端 5dと前記第 2のシート 6の他方の側端 6d とが対向する位置関係で配置される。 [0051] As shown in FIG. 2, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are arranged in a positional relationship in which they are stacked in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the tube 7. Yes. At this time, One side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet The other side end 6d of 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
[0052] また、前記チューブ 7の一方の側端 7cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の側端 5c 、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する位置関係で 配置されるとともに、前記チューブ 7の他方の側端 7dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記 他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側に位置す る位置関係で配置される。  [0052] One side end 7c of the tube 7 is located on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. The other side end 7d of the tube 7 is positioned inside the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. It is arranged in a positional relationship located at.
[0053] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W1と、前記第 2のシート 6の前記幅寸法 W2は、と もに前記チューブ 7の前記幅寸法 W3よりも大きく形成されている。また、前記チュー ブ 7の一方の側端 7cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の側端 5c、および前記第 2 のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する位置関係で配置される。また、 前記チューブ 7の他方の側端 7dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d、およ び前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側に位置する位置関係で配置さ れる。  [0053] The width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 are both formed larger than the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. Further, a positional relationship in which one side end 7c of the tube 7 is located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 is provided. It is arranged with. Further, the other side end 7d of the tube 7 is positioned on the inner side of the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. Arranged in relation.
[0054] したがって、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 7とを重ね たときに、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6の側方領域が、前記チューブ 7の外方に突出する。この突出した領域が、図 2にハッチングで示す側方領域 5e、 5f 、 6e、 6fである。  [0054] Therefore, when the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are overlapped, the lateral regions of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are 7 protrudes outward. These protruding regions are side regions 5e, 5f, 6e, and 6f indicated by hatching in FIG.
[0055] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fの間には中央領域 5gが形成されている 。中央領域 5gの幅寸法 W4は、前記チューブ 7の前記幅寸法 W3と同じである。また 、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6e、 6fの間には中央領域 6gが形成されており 、前記中央領域 6gの幅寸法 W5は、前記チューブ 7の前記幅寸法 W3と同じである。  [0055] A central region 5g is formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5. The width dimension W4 of the central region 5g is the same as the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. Further, a central region 6g is formed between the side regions 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6, and the width dimension W5 of the central region 6g is the same as the width dimension W3 of the tube 7. is there.
[0056] また図 2に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 7の 長手方向寸法は同じに形成されているため、前記第 1のシート 5の前端 5hと前記第 2 のシート 6の前端 6hと前記チューブ 7の前端 7hとが互いに上下方向で対向する。同 様に、前記第 1のシート 5の後端 5iと前記第 2のシート 6の後端 6iと前記チューブ 7の 後端 7iとが互いに上下方向で対向する。 [0057] 図 2に示すような位置関係で前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 7とが配置された状態で、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bが前記中央領域 5gにおいて 前記チューブ 7の上面 7aの全面と接合されてる。また、前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6a が前記中央領域 6gにおいて、前記チューブ 7の下面 7bの全面と接した状態で接合 される。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, since the longitudinal dimensions of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tube 7 are the same, the front end 5h of the first sheet 5 is formed. And the front end 6h of the second sheet 6 and the front end 7h of the tube 7 face each other in the vertical direction. Similarly, the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6 and the rear end 7i of the tube 7 face each other in the vertical direction. [0057] In a state where the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tube 7 are arranged in a positional relationship as shown in FIG. 2, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 is the central region. At 5 g, the entire upper surface 7 a of the tube 7 is joined. Further, the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is joined in a state where it is in contact with the entire lower surface 7b of the tube 7 in the central region 6g.
[0058] 一方、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bと前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aとが、前記側方領 域 5eと前記側方領域 6eにお 、て接合されるとともに、前記側方領域 5fと前記側方領 域 6fにおいて接合される。  On the other hand, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e, and the side The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
[0059] 前記第 1のシート 5、前記第 2のシート 6、前記チューブ 7の前記接合は、ラミネート や接着剤を用いた方法で行なうことができる。なお、図 1および図 2ではラミネートや 接着の際に用いられる接合層を省略して図示して ヽる。  [0059] The joining of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tube 7 can be performed by a method using a laminate or an adhesive. In FIGS. 1 and 2, the bonding layer used for laminating and bonding is omitted.
[0060] このように前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6、および前記チューブ 7とが互い に接合されて、図 1に示す前記中空体 1を構成している。  [0060] In this way, the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tube 7 are joined together to form the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
[0061] ここで、図 2に示す前記チューブ 7と、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央領域 5gと、前 記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gが、図 1に示す前記中空部 2を構成する。また、 図 2に示す前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 5eと 6eが図 1に 示す前記中空体 1の前記接合部 3aを構成し、図 2に示す前記第 1のシート 5と前記 第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 5fと 6fが図 1に示す中空体 1の前記接合部 3bを構成 する。  [0061] Here, the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are the hollow portion 2 shown in FIG. Configure. Further, the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 2 constitute the joint 3a of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. The side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 constitute the joint portion 3b of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
[0062] 前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6は、例えば紐状あるいは細いシート状 のポリエチレン（PE)材料を織った PE織布や、 PE織布の表面にポリプロピレン（PP) を被覆したもの、または PEフィルム、または紐状あるいは細いシート状のポリプロピレ ン（PP)材料を織った PP織布や PPフィルム（一軸延伸フィルムある ヽはニ軸延伸フィ ルムのどちらも使用できる）、またはアルミ箔ゃ銅箔などの金属箔、またはポリエステ ル (PET)フィルム、または PPや PETからなる基材の表面にアルミ蒸着や銅蒸着を施 したもの、または PP不織布や PE不織布や PET不織布やナイロン不織布、あるいは 紙材などによって形成することができる。また、これらの各材質に、防鲭剤が含有され たちのを使用することちでさる。 [0063] 前記チューブ 7は、例えば PEフィルムや PPフィルムで形成され、高密度 PEフィル ムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PPフィルムと低密度 PPフ イルムとが積層された多層構造で構成することができる。この場合、例えば、防鲭包 装材として前記中空体 1を使用する場合には、多層構造を構成する各層の全部ある いは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構造を構成する各層には用途に応じて添 加剤を混合することもできる。このチューブ 7はインフレーション法によって形成される [0062] The first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are made of, for example, a PE woven fabric woven from a polyethylene (PE) material in the form of a string or a thin sheet, and polypropylene (PP) on the surface of the PE woven fabric. PP fabric or PP film woven with coated or PE film or string or thin polypropylene (PP) material (both uniaxially stretched film and biaxially stretched film can be used), Or aluminum foil, metal foil such as copper foil, or polyester (PET) film, or the surface of a base material made of PP or PET with aluminum vapor deposition or copper vapor deposition, or PP nonwoven fabric, PE nonwoven fabric, PET nonwoven fabric, Nylon nonwoven fabric or paper material can be used. In addition, each of these materials contains a fungicide and can be used. [0063] The tube 7 is formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated. The multilayer structure can be configured. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 1 is used as a fender wrapping material, each layer constituting the multilayer structure is mixed with an antifungal agent in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can be mixed depending on the application. This tube 7 is formed by inflation method
[0064] なお、後記する図 15に示す工程で、前記第 1のシート 5と前記チューブ 7とを、 PE 力もなる接合層 430を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 1のシート 5と前記チューブ 7のうちの一方が PE力もなる材質であり、他方が PP力 なる材質で ある場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成されている方の表面 力 両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電処理 を施したもの）でコーティングされて 、ることが好まし!/、。 [0064] In the step shown in Fig. 15 to be described later, when the first sheet 5 and the tube 7 are bonded by a laminating method via the bonding layer 430 having PE force, the first sheet 5 When one of the tubes 7 is made of a material that also has PE force and the other is made of PP force, it is difficult to join the two. Therefore, the surface force of the material made of PP is joined together. It is preferable to be coated with a material (for example, an olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to make it easier!
[0065] また同様に、後記する図 16に示す工程で、前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 7とを 、 PE力もなる接合層 431を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 2の シート 6と前記チューブ 7のうちの一方が PEからなる材質であり、他方が PP力 なる 材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成されている方 の表面が、両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放 電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされて 、ることが好ま 、。  Similarly, in the step shown in FIG. 16 to be described later, when the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are bonded by the laminating method via the bonding layer 431 having PE force, the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are bonded. When one of the sheet 6 and the tube 7 is made of PE and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two, so the surface of the material made of PP is It is preferably coated with a material (for example, olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to facilitate the joining of the two.
[0066] 図 1および図 2に示す前記中空体 1では、前記チューブ 7の上下に、前記第 1のシ ート 5と前記第 2のシート 6とが接合されている。したがって、前記チューブ 7は前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6によって補強されることとなるため、前記中空体 1の強度を向上することができる。特に、前記中空体 1では、前記チューブ 7の上面 7 aと下面 7bの全面に、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央領域 5gと前記第 2のシート 6の 前記中央領域 6gが接合されているため、前記チューブ 7を確実に補強することが可 能となる。  In the hollow body 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the top and bottom of the tube 7. Therefore, since the tube 7 is reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the strength of the hollow body 1 can be improved. In particular, in the hollow body 1, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are joined to the entire upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b of the tube 7. Therefore, the tube 7 can be reliably reinforced.
[0067] また、前記中空体 1の前記中空部 2には、継ぎ目などが形成されていない一体的構 造の前記チューブ 7を有して構成されている。したがって、前記中空部 2の内部に流 体や被梱包体を入れたときに、継ぎ目など力も漏れが生じてしまうことがない。 [0067] Further, the hollow portion 2 of the hollow body 1 is configured to include the tube 7 having an integral structure in which a joint or the like is not formed. Therefore, the flow into the hollow portion 2 When a body or packaged body is inserted, there is no leakage of force such as seams.
[0068] 前記中空体 1は、例えばホースなどの流体搬送体として使用することができる。ある いは、前記中空部 2を幅方向に接合することによって、被包装体を包装するための袋 体として使用することや、前記中空部 2によって長手方向両端に形成される開口部の 一方を接合して、使い捨て布団などとしても利用できる。また、さらには、金属線の包 みなどの長尺材の包装体としても使用できる。  [0068] The hollow body 1 can be used as a fluid carrier such as a hose, for example. Alternatively, the hollow part 2 can be used as a bag body for wrapping a packaged body by joining in the width direction, or one of the openings formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction by the hollow part 2 can be used. It can be joined and used as a disposable futon. Furthermore, it can also be used as a package for long materials such as metal wire wrapping.
[0069] 図 3は、本発明の中空体の第 2実施形態を示す斜視図、図 4は図 3に示す中空体 の分解斜視図である。  FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention, and FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
[0070] 図 3および図 4に示す中空体 101は、図 1および図 2に示す前記中空体 1と同じ構 成要素を有して構成されている。したがって、図 3および図 4に示す中空体 101の構 成要素のうち、図 1および図 2に示す前記中空体 1と同じ構成要素については同じ符 号を付して、詳しい説明を省略する。  A hollow body 101 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 has the same constituent elements as the hollow body 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. Therefore, among the constituent elements of the hollow body 101 shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, the same constituent elements as those of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. 1 and FIG.
[0071] 図 3に示すように、前記中空体 101は、中空部 102Aと 102B力 幅方向（図示 XI— X2方向）に所定の間隔 110を空けて 2つ並んで形成されている。前記所定の間隔 1 10の寸法は図示 W6である。前記中空部 102Aは、前記中空体 101の長手方向に 向かって延びており、前端で開口部 104Aaを有する開放端として形成されており、ま た後端で開口部 104Abを有する開放端として形成されて ヽる。  As shown in FIG. 3, two hollow bodies 101 are formed side by side with a predetermined interval 110 in the hollow portion 102A and 102B force width direction (XI-X2 direction in the drawing). The dimension of the predetermined interval 110 is W6 in the drawing. The hollow portion 102A extends in the longitudinal direction of the hollow body 101, is formed as an open end having an opening 104Aa at the front end, and is formed as an open end having an opening 104Ab at the rear end. Speak.
[0072] また前記中空部 102Bは、前記中空体 101の長手方向に向力つて延びており、前 端で開口部 104Baを有する開放端として形成されており、また後端で開口部 104Bb を有する開放端として形成されて 、る。  [0072] Further, the hollow portion 102B extends in the longitudinal direction of the hollow body 101, is formed as an open end having an opening 104Ba at the front end, and has an opening 104Bb at the rear end. It is formed as an open end.
[0073] また、 2つの前記中空部 102Aと 102Bとの間には接合部 3cが形成されている。こ の接合部 3cは、所定の幅寸法を有して長手方向（図示 Y1— Y2方向）に延びて形成 されている。  [0073] Further, a joint 3c is formed between the two hollow portions 102A and 102B. The joint 3c has a predetermined width dimension and is formed to extend in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing).
[0074] 図 4に示すように、前記中空体 101は、第 1のシート 5と第 2のシート 6との間にチュ ーブ 107および 108とが位置し、このチューブ 107と 108と力 幅方向に所定間隔 W 6を空けて並んで配置されて構成されている。前記チューブ 107および 108が図 3お よび図 4に示す中空体 101の中空部形成部材を構成している。  [0074] As shown in FIG. 4, the hollow body 101 has tubes 107 and 108 positioned between the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, and the tubes 107 and 108 and the force width They are arranged side by side with a predetermined interval W 6 in the direction. The tubes 107 and 108 constitute a hollow part forming member of the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS.
[0075] また、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 107と前記チューブ 1 08の長手方向寸法は、同じ寸法に形成されている。 [0075] Further, the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, the tube 107, and the tube 1 The longitudinal dimension of 08 is formed to the same dimension.
[0076] 図 4に示すように、前記チューブ 107、 108は、長手方向（図示 Y1— Y2方向）に向 力つて延びる円筒状であり、継ぎ目などが形成されていない一体的構造で形成され ている。前記チューブ 107、 108は薄いフィルム状で構成され、膜厚は例えば 10— 3 00 μ mである。 [0076] As shown in FIG. 4, the tubes 107 and 108 have a cylindrical shape extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing), and are formed in an integral structure in which no seam or the like is formed. Yes. The tubes 107 and 108 are formed in a thin film shape, and the film thickness is, for example, 10-300 μm.
[0077] 前記チューブ 107は、前端で開口部 107jを有する開放端として形成されている。ま た、前記チューブ 107は、後端で開口部 107kを有する開放端として形成されている 。また前記チューブ 108は、長手方向に向力つて延びており、前端で開口部 10¾を 有する開放端として形成されている。また、前記チューブ 7は、後端で開口部 108kを 有する開放端として形成されて!、る。  [0077] The tube 107 is formed as an open end having an opening 107j at the front end. The tube 107 is formed as an open end having an opening 107k at the rear end. The tube 108 extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed as an open end having an opening 10¾ at the front end. The tube 7 is formed as an open end having an opening 108k at the rear end.
[0078] 前記チューブ 107と 108の上方から見た平面形状は、それぞれ幅寸法 W7、 W8を 有して長手方向に延びる長方形として形成されている。なお図 4では、前記チューブ 107を、上面 107aと下面 107bとが互いに所定間隔だけ離れた状態で示しているが 、前記チューブ 107の幅寸法 W7とは、前記上面 107aと前記下面 107bとを、上下方 向（図示 Z1-Z2方向）に密着させた状態にしたときの幅寸法を意味している。また、 前記チューブ 108も、上面 108aと下面 108bとが互いに所定間隔だけ離れた状態で 示している力 前記チューブ 108の幅寸法 W8とは、前記上面 108aと前記下面 108 bとを、上下方向（図示 Z1-Z2方向）に密着させた状態にしたときの幅寸法を意味し ている。  The planar shape of the tubes 107 and 108 viewed from above is formed as a rectangle having width dimensions W7 and W8 and extending in the longitudinal direction, respectively. In FIG. 4, the tube 107 is shown in a state in which the upper surface 107a and the lower surface 107b are separated from each other by a predetermined distance. However, the width dimension W7 of the tube 107 refers to the upper surface 107a and the lower surface 107b. It means the width dimension when it is brought into close contact with the upper and lower direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure). In addition, the tube 108 also has a force that the upper surface 108a and the lower surface 108b are spaced apart from each other by a predetermined distance. The width dimension W8 of the tube 108 refers to the upper surface 108a and the lower surface 108b in the vertical direction ( This means the width dimension when in close contact with the Z1-Z2 direction in the figure.
[0079] また図 4に示す実施形態では、前記チューブ 107の前記幅寸法 W7と前記チュー ブ 108の前記幅寸法 W8とが同じ大きさで形成されている力 本発明ではこれに限定 されるものではなぐ前記幅寸法 W7と W8とが異なる大きさで形成されていても良い。  In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the force in which the width dimension W7 of the tube 107 and the width dimension W8 of the tube 108 are formed to be the same size is limited to this in the present invention. However, the width dimensions W7 and W8 may be formed in different sizes.
[0080] 図 4に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W9は、前記チューブ 107の前 記幅寸法 W7と前記チューブ 108の前記幅寸法 W8と、前記チューブ 107と 108間の 間隔寸法 W6の合計寸法 W11よりも大きく形成されている。また、前記第 2のシート 6 の前記幅寸法 W10も、前記チューブ 107の前記幅寸法 W7と前記チューブ 108の前 記幅寸法 W8と、前記チューブ 107と 108間の間隔寸法 W6の合計寸法 W11よりも 大きく形成されている。 [0081] 図 4に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6は、前記チューブ 107お よび 108を介して上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）に重ねられた位置関係で配置されて いる。このとき、前記第 1のシート 5の一方の側端 5cと前記第 2のシート 6の一方の側 端 6cとが対向するとともに、前記第 1のシート 5の他方の側端 5dと前記第 2のシート 6 の他方の側端 6dとが対向する位置関係で配置される。 As shown in FIG. 4, the width dimension W9 of the first sheet 5 is between the width dimension W7 of the tube 107, the width dimension W8 of the tube 108, and between the tubes 107 and 108. It is formed larger than the total dimension W11 of the distance dimension W6. Further, the width dimension W10 of the second sheet 6 is also based on the total dimension W11 of the width dimension W7 of the tube 107, the width dimension W8 of the tube 108, and the distance dimension W6 between the tubes 107 and 108. Is also formed large. [0081] As shown in FIG. 4, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are stacked in the vertical direction (the Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the tubes 107 and 108. It is arranged. At this time, one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the second side end 6c The other side edge 6d of the sheet 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
[0082] また、前記チューブ 107の側端 107dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d 、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側に位置する位置関係で 配置されるとともに、前記チューブ 108の側端 108cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一 方の側端 5c、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する 位置関係で配置される。  [0082] Further, the positional relationship in which the side end 107d of the tube 107 is located inside the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6 is provided. And the side end 108c of the tube 108 is positioned on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Arranged in positional relationship.
[0083] 前記したように、前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W9と、前記第 2のシート 6の前記 幅寸法 W10は、ともに前記チューブ 107の前記幅寸法 W7と前記チューブ 108の前 記幅寸法 W8と、前記チューブ 107と 108間の間隔寸法 W6の合計寸法 W11よりも 大きく形成されている。また、前記チューブ 107の側端 107dが、前記第 1のシート 5 の前記他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側に 位置する位置関係で配置されるとともに、前記チューブ 108の側端 108cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の側端 5c、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよ りも内側に位置する位置関係で配置される。  [0083] As described above, the width dimension W9 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W10 of the second sheet 6 are both the width dimension W7 of the tube 107 and the tube 108 described above. The width dimension W8 and the total dimension W11 of the distance dimension W6 between the tubes 107 and 108 are formed. Further, the side end 107d of the tube 107 is arranged in a positional relationship so as to be located on the inner side of the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. The side end 108c of the tube 108 is positioned so as to be located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Be placed.
[0084] したがって、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6との間に前記チューブ 10 7、 108を重ねたときに、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6の側方領域力 前記チューブ 107および 108の外方に突出する。この突出した領域力 図 4にハッチ ングで示す側方領域 5e、 5f、 6e、 6fである。  Therefore, when the tubes 10 7 and 108 are stacked between the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the sides of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are sideways. Area force protrudes outward of the tubes 107 and 108. These protruding region forces are the side regions 5e, 5f, 6e, and 6f indicated by hatching in FIG.
[0085] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fの間には中央領域 5gが形成されている 。中央領域 5gの幅寸法 W12は、前記前記幅寸法 W11と同じである。また、前記第 2 のシート 6の前記側方領域 6e、 6fの間には中央領域 6gが形成されており、前記中央 領域 6gの幅寸法 W13は、前記チューブ 7の前記幅寸法 W11と同じである。  [0085] A central region 5g is formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5. The width dimension W12 of the central region 5g is the same as the width dimension W11. A central region 6g is formed between the side regions 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6, and the width dimension W13 of the central region 6g is the same as the width dimension W11 of the tube 7. is there.
[0086] また図 4に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 107 および 108の長手方向寸法は同じ長さに形成されているため、前記第 1のシート 5の 前端 5hと前記第 2のシート 6の前端 6hと前記チューブ 107の前端 107hと前記チュー ブ 108の前端 108hとが互いに上下方向で対向する。同様に、前記第 1のシート 5の 後端 5iと前記第 2のシート 6の後端 6iと前記チューブ 107の後端 107iと前記チューブ 107の後端 108iが互いに上下方向で対向する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 4, the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tubes 107 and 108 have the same longitudinal length, so the first sheet Of 5 The front end 5h, the front end 6h of the second seat 6, the front end 107h of the tube 107, and the front end 108h of the tube 108 face each other in the vertical direction. Similarly, the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6, the rear end 107i of the tube 107, and the rear end 108i of the tube 107 face each other in the vertical direction.
[0087] 図 4に示すような位置関係で前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 107と 108が配置された状態で、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bが前記中央領域 5gに おいて、前記チューブ 107の上面 107aの全面および前記チューブ 108の上面 108 aの全面と接合されてる。また、前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aが前記中央領域 6gにお いて、前記チューブ 107の下面 107bの全面および前記チューブ 108の下面 108b の全面と接した状態で接合される。  [0087] With the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the tubes 107 and 108 arranged in a positional relationship as shown in FIG. 4, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 is in the center. In the region 5g, the entire upper surface 107a of the tube 107 and the entire upper surface 108a of the tube 108 are joined. In addition, the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is bonded in the central region 6g while being in contact with the entire lower surface 107b of the tube 107 and the entire lower surface 108b of the tube 108.
[0088] また、前記間隔 110の部分では、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bと前記第 2のシート 6 の下面 6bとが直接接合されて 、る。  [0088] Further, in the portion of the interval 110, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the lower surface 6b of the second sheet 6 are directly joined.
[0089] 一方、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bと前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aとが、前記側方領 域 5eと前記側方領域 6eにお 、て接合されるとともに、前記側方領域 5fと前記側方領 域 6fにおいて接合される。  On the other hand, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e, and the side The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
[0090] ここで、図 4に示す前記チューブ 107および 108と、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央 領域 5gと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gが、図 3に示す前記中空部 102A および 102Bを構成する。また、図 4に示す前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の 前記側方領域 5eと 6eが図 3に示す前記中空体 101の前記接合部 3aを構成し、図 2 に示す前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 5fと 6fが図 1に示す 中空体 1の前記接合部 3bを構成する。また、前記間隔 110の前記間隔 110の部分 で前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bと前記第 2のシート 6の下面 6bとが接合された部分が 、図 3に示す接合部 3cを構成する。  [0090] Here, the tubes 107 and 108 shown in FIG. 4, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are the hollow portions shown in FIG. Configure 102A and 102B. Further, the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 4 constitute the joint portion 3a of the hollow body 101 shown in FIG. 3, and the side shown in FIG. The side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 constitute the joint 3b of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. In addition, the portion where the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the lower surface 6b of the second sheet 6 are bonded to each other at the interval 110 of the interval 110 constitutes a bonded portion 3c shown in FIG.
[0091] 前記チューブ 107および 108は、例えば PEフィルムや PPフィルムで形成され、高 密度 PEフィルムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PPフィルム と低密度 PPフィルムとが積層された多層構造で構成することができる。この場合、例 えば、防鲭包装材として前記中空体 101を使用する場合には、多層構造を構成する 各層の全部あるいは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構造を構成する各層には 用途に応じて添加剤を混合することもできる。このチューブ 107および 108はインフレ ーシヨン法によって形成される。 [0091] The tubes 107 and 108 are formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated. The multilayer structure can be configured. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 101 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can also be mixed depending on the application. The tubes 107 and 108 are formed by an inflation method.
[0092] なお、後記するように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記チューブ 107、 108とを、 PEからな る接合層 430を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 1の層と前記チ ユーブ 107および 108のうちの一方力 SPEからなる材質であり、他方力 SPPからなる材 質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成されている方の 表面が、両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電 処理を施したもの）でコーティングされて 、ることが好まし!/、。  [0092] As will be described later, when the first sheet 5 and the tubes 107, 108 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 430 made of PE, the first layer and the tubes One of the tubes 107 and 108 is made of a material made of SPE and the other material is made of a material made of SPP. It is preferable that it is coated with a material that makes it easy to bond the two together (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material! /).
[0093] また同様に、後記するように、前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 107および 108と を、 PE力もなる接合層 431を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 2 の層と前記チューブ 107および 108のうちの一方が PEからなる材質であり、他方が P Pからなる材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成され ている方の表面が、両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料に コロナ放電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされて 、ることが好ま 、。  Similarly, as will be described later, when the second sheet 6 and the tubes 107 and 108 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 431 having PE force, If one of the tubes 107 and 108 is made of PE and the other is made of PP, it is difficult for the two to be joined. It is preferable to be coated with a material (for example, olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to facilitate bonding.
[0094] 図 3および図 4に示す前記中空体 101では、前記チューブ 107および 108の上下 に、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6とが接合されている。したがって、前記チ ユーブ 107および 108は前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6によって補強さ れることとなるため、前記中空体 101の強度を向上することができる。特に、前記中空 体 101では、前記チューブ 107の上面 107aの全面と下面 107bの全面、および前記 チューブ 108の上面 108aの全面と下面 108bの全面に、前記第 1のシート 5の前記 中央領域 5gと前記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gが接合されているため、前記チ ユーブ 107および 108を確実に補強することが可能となる。  In the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the upper and lower sides of the tubes 107 and 108, respectively. Therefore, since the tubes 107 and 108 are reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the strength of the hollow body 101 can be improved. In particular, in the hollow body 101, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 is formed on the entire upper surface 107a and the lower surface 107b of the tube 107 and on the entire upper surface 108a and the lower surface 108b of the tube 108. Since the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 is joined, the tubes 107 and 108 can be reliably reinforced.
[0095] また、前記中空体 101の前記中空部 102A、 102Bには、継ぎ目などが形成されて いない一体的構造の前記チューブ 107、 108を有して構成されている。したがって、 前記中空部 102A、 102Bの内部に流体や被梱包体を入れたときに、継ぎ目などか ら漏れが生じてしまうことがな 、。  [0095] Further, the hollow portions 102A and 102B of the hollow body 101 are configured to have the tubes 107 and 108 having an integral structure in which a joint or the like is not formed. Therefore, when a fluid or an object to be packed is put into the hollow portions 102A and 102B, leakage does not occur from a joint or the like.
[0096] なお、前記中空体 101では、前記中空部 102Aと 102Bの 2つの中空部が形成され ているが、中空部の数が限定されるものではなぐチューブ 107、 108の他にチュー ブを配置して、中空部が 3つ以上形成されるものであっても良い。 [0096] In the hollow body 101, the two hollow portions 102A and 102B are formed. However, the number of hollow portions is not limited and the tubes 107 and 108 are not limited. It is also possible that three or more hollow portions are formed by arranging the hub.
[0097] なお、前記チューブ 107および 108の前記幅寸法 W7および W8は、同じ幅寸法と して形成しても、異なる幅寸法として形成しても良い。  [0097] The width dimensions W7 and W8 of the tubes 107 and 108 may be formed with the same width dimension or different width dimensions.
[0098] 前記中空体 101では、 2つの中空部 102Aと 102Bが形成されているため、例えば 前記中空体 101をホースとして使用した場合に、前記中空部 102Aと 102Bとで、異 なる被搬送物を搬送することが可能となる。また、袋体として使用した場合には、前記 中空部 102Aと 102Bとで、異なる被梱包物を梱包することが可能となる。  [0098] Since the hollow body 101 has two hollow portions 102A and 102B, for example, when the hollow body 101 is used as a hose, different transported objects are used in the hollow portions 102A and 102B. Can be transported. Further, when used as a bag body, different objects to be packed can be packed in the hollow portions 102A and 102B.
[0099] なお、図 2に示す前記チューブ 7、および図 4に示す前記チューブ 107と 108は、そ れぞれ継ぎ目などが形成されて ヽな ヽ一体的構造で形成されて ヽるものを例にして 説明したが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではなぐ図 5に示すように、前記チュー ブ 7、 107および 108力 平面状のシート体 17を円筒状に巻き、前記シート体 17の 両側縁 17aおよび 17bとを、接合部 17cで接合することによって円筒状に形成された ものを使用しても良い。この場合、前記シート体 17は薄いフィルム状で構成され、膜 厚は例えば 10— 300 μ mである。  [0099] It should be noted that the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 and the tubes 107 and 108 shown in FIG. 4 are examples in which seams and the like are respectively formed to have a monolithic structure. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 5, the tubes 7, 107 and 108 force are formed by winding the planar sheet body 17 into a cylindrical shape. A material formed in a cylindrical shape by joining the side edges 17a and 17b at the joint 17c may be used. In this case, the sheet body 17 is formed in a thin film shape, and the film thickness is, for example, 10 to 300 μm.
[0100] 前記シート体 17は、例えば PEフィルムや PPフィルムで形成され、高密度 PEフィル ムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PPフィルムと低密度 PPフ イルムとが積層された多層構造で構成することができる。この場合、例えば、防鲭包 装材として前記中空体 1、 101を使用する場合には、多層構造を構成する各層の全 部あるいは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構造を構成する各層には用途に応じ て添加剤を混合することもできる。このシート体 17は、例えばインフレーション法によ つて形成されたチューブを切り開いてシート状にしたものを使用することができる。ま た、 Tダイ法によって形成されたシートなど、公知の方法によって得られたものを使用 することができる。  [0100] The sheet body 17 is formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and has a multilayer structure in which a high density PE film and a low density PE film are laminated, or a high density PP film and a low density PP film. It can be composed of a laminated multilayer structure. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 1 or 101 is used as a fender wrapping material, a multi-layer structure is formed, for example, an antifungal agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multi-layer structure. Additives can be mixed in each layer depending on the application. As the sheet body 17, for example, a sheet formed by opening a tube formed by an inflation method can be used. In addition, a sheet obtained by a known method such as a sheet formed by a T-die method can be used.
[0101] 図 6は本発明の中空体の第 3実施形態を示す斜視図である。  FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a third embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
図 6に示す中空体 601は、図 1に示す前記中空体 1と同じ構成要素を有して構成さ れている。したがって、図 6に示す中空体 601の構成要素のうち、図 1に示す前記中 空体 1と同じ構成要素には、同じ符号を付して詳しい説明を省略する。  A hollow body 601 shown in FIG. 6 has the same components as the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. Therefore, among the components of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG. 6, the same components as those of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
[0102] 図 6に示すように中空体 601も、中空部 2と接合部 3a、 3bとを有して構成されている [0103] 図 7は、図 6に示す前記中空体 601の分解斜視図である。図 6に示すように、前記 中空体 601は、第 1のシート 5と、この第 1のシート 5の下方側（図示 Z2方向側）に位 置する第 2のシート 6、および前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の間に介装され た 2枚のシート体 607、 608とを有して構成されている。図 7に示すように、前記シート 体 607と 608とは、上下方向に重なる位置関係で配置されている。前記シート体 607 および 608が図 6および図 7に示す前記中空体 601の中空部形成部材を構成してい る。 [0102] As shown in FIG. 6, the hollow body 601 is also configured to have a hollow portion 2 and joint portions 3a and 3b. FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 6, the hollow body 601 includes the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6 positioned on the lower side (Z2 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5, and the first sheet 5 The sheet 5 includes two sheet bodies 607 and 608 interposed between the sheet 5 and the second sheet 6. As shown in FIG. 7, the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are arranged in a positional relationship overlapping in the vertical direction. The sheet bodies 607 and 608 constitute the hollow portion forming member of the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS.
[0104] 前記シート体 607は、上方側（図示 Z1方向側）から見た平面形状力 幅方向にお ける寸法 (幅寸法) W20を有して長手方向に延びる長方形として形成されて 、る。同 様に、前記シート体 608も、上方側から見た平面形状が、幅方向における寸法 (幅寸 法) W21を有して長手方向に延びる長方形として形成されている。図 6および図 7に 示す実施形態では、前記シート体 607の前記幅寸法 W20と、前記シート体 608の前 記幅寸法 W21とは、同じ寸法に形成されている。前記シート体 607と 608の膜厚は 例えば 10— 300 μ mである。  [0104] The sheet body 607 is formed as a rectangle extending in the longitudinal direction having a planar shape force in the width direction (width dimension) W20 as viewed from the upper side (Z1 direction side in the drawing). Similarly, the sheet body 608 also has a planar shape as viewed from above, and is formed as a rectangle extending in the longitudinal direction having a dimension (width dimension) W21 in the width direction. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W21 of the sheet body 608 are formed to the same dimension. The film thickness of the sheet bodies 607 and 608 is, for example, 10-300 μm.
[0105] また、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6、および前記シート体 607と 608の長 手方向寸法は、同じに形成されている。  [0105] The first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 and the sheet bodies 607 and 608 have the same longitudinal dimension.
[0106] 図 7に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W1は、前記シート体 607の前 記幅寸法 W20、および前記シート体 608の前記幅寸法 W21よりも大きく形成されて いる。また、前記第 2のシート 6の前記幅寸法 W2も、前記シート体 607の前記幅寸法 W20、および前記シート体 608の前記幅寸法 W21よりも大きく形成されている。  [0106] As shown in FIG. 7, the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 is formed larger than the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W21 of the sheet body 608. Yes. Further, the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 is also formed larger than the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W21 of the sheet body 608.
[0107] 図 7に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6は、前記シート体 607お よび 608を介して上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）に重ねられた位置関係で配置されて いる。このとき、前記第 1のシート 5の一方の側端 5cと前記第 2のシート 6の一方の側 端 6cとが対向するとともに、前記第 1のシート 5の他方の側端 5dと前記第 2のシート 6 の他方の側端 6dとが対向する位置関係で配置される。  [0107] As shown in FIG. 7, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are stacked in the vertical direction (the Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the sheet bodies 607 and 608. It is arranged at. At this time, one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the second side end 6c The other side edge 6d of the sheet 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
[0108] また、前記シート体 607の一方の側端 607cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の側 端 5c、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する位置関 係で配置されるとともに、前記シート体 607の他方の側端 607dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側 に位置する位置関係で配置される。 Further, one side end 607c of the sheet body 607 is positioned on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Position And the other side end 607d of the sheet body 607 is located inside the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. Are arranged in a positional relationship.
[0109] また、前記シート体 608の一方の側端 608cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の側 端 5c、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する位置関 係で配置されるとともに、前記シート体 608の他方の側端 608dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側 に位置する位置関係で配置される。  [0109] Further, one side end 608c of the sheet body 608 is positioned on the inner side of the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. And the other side end 608d of the sheet body 608 is the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. It is arranged in a positional relationship located inside.
[0110] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W1と、前記第 2のシート 6の前記幅寸法 W2は、と もに前記シート体 607の前記幅寸法 W20、および前記シート体 608の前記幅寸法 W 21よりも大きく形成されている。また、前記シート体 607の一方の側端 7cおよび前記 シート体 608の一方の側端 608cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の側端 5c、およ び前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する位置関係で配置さ れる。また、前記シート体 607の他方の側端 607dおよび前記シート体 608の他方の 側端 608dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の 前記他方の側端 6dよりも内側に位置する位置関係で配置される。  [0110] The width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 are both the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width of the sheet body 608. It is formed larger than the dimension W21. Further, one side end 7c of the sheet body 607 and one side end 608c of the sheet body 608 are the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one of the side edges 5c of the second sheet 6. They are arranged in a positional relationship located on the inner side of one side end 6c. The other side end 607d of the sheet body 607 and the other side end 608d of the sheet body 608 are the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 608d of the second sheet 6. Arranged in a positional relationship located inside the side edge 6d.
[0111] したがって、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6と前記シート体 607および 608とを重ねたときに、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6の側方領域が、 前記シート体 607および 608の外方に突出する。この突出した領域力 図 7にハッチ ングで示す側方領域 5e、 5f、 6e、 6fである。  [0111] Therefore, when the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 and the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are overlapped, the lateral regions of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are Projecting outward of the sheet bodies 607 and 608. These protruding region forces are the side regions 5e, 5f, 6e, and 6f indicated by hatching in FIG.
[0112] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fの間に形成された前記中央領域 5gの幅 寸法 W4は、前記シート体 607の前記幅寸法 W20、および前記シート体 608の前記 幅寸法 W21と同じである。また、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6e、 6fの間に形 成された前記中央領域 6gの幅寸法 W5は、前記シート体 607の前記幅寸法 W20、 および前記シート体 608の前記幅寸法 W21と同じである。  [0112] The width dimension W4 of the central region 5g formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 is the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 608. Same as width dimension W21. The width dimension W5 of the central area 6g formed between the side areas 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6 is the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 607 and the width dimension W20 of the sheet body 608. Same as width dimension W21.
[0113] また図 7に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記シート体 607 および 608の長手方向寸法は同じに形成されているため、前記第 1のシート 5の前端 5hと前記第 2のシート 6の前端 6hと前記シート体 607の前端 607hと前記シート体 60 8の前端 608hとが、互いに上下方向で対向する。同様に、前記第 1のシート 5の後端 5iと前記第 2のシート 6の後端 6iと前記シート体 607の後端 607iと前記シート体 608 の後端 608iとが、互いに上下方向で対向する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7, since the longitudinal dimensions of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are the same, the first sheet 5 5h, the front end 6h of the second sheet 6, and the front end 607h of the sheet body 607 and the sheet body 60. The front end 608h of 8 faces each other in the vertical direction. Similarly, the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6, the rear end 607i of the sheet body 607, and the rear end 608i of the sheet body 608 are opposed to each other in the vertical direction. To do.
[0114] 図 7に示すような位置関係で前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記シート体 607およびシート体 608とが配置された状態で、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bが前記 中央領域 5gにおいて前記シート体 607の上面 607aの全面と接合されてる。また、前 記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aが前記中央領域 6gにおいて、前記シート体 608の下面 60 8bの全面と接した状態で接合される。  [0114] The lower surface of the first sheet 5 in a state where the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, the sheet body 607, and the sheet body 608 are arranged in a positional relationship as shown in FIG. 5b is joined to the entire upper surface 607a of the sheet body 607 in the central region 5g. Further, the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is joined in the state of being in contact with the entire lower surface 608b of the sheet body 608 in the central region 6g.
[0115] また、前記シート体 607の下面 607bと、前記シート体 608の上面 608aとは接合さ れていない。  [0115] Further, the lower surface 607b of the sheet body 607 and the upper surface 608a of the sheet body 608 are not joined.
[0116] 一方、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bと前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aとが、前記側方領 域 5eと前記側方領域 6eにお 、て接合されるとともに、前記側方領域 5fと前記側方領 域 6fにおいて接合される。  [0116] On the other hand, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e. The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
[0117] 図 8は、図 6の VIII— VIII線で切断した断面図である。図 8に示すように、前記シート 体 607の両佃 J端 607c、 607dと、前記シート体 608の両佃 J端 608c、 608dとは接合さ れておらず、前記シート体 607の両側端 607c、 607dと、前記シート体 608の両側端 608c, 608dの外側で、前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5eと前記第 2のシート 6 の前記側方領域 6eとが接合され、前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5fと前記第 2 のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fとが接合されている。  FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line VIII-VIII in FIG. As shown in FIG. 8, both side J ends 607c and 607d of the sheet body 607 are not joined to both side J ends 608c and 608d of the sheet body 608, and both side ends 607c of the sheet body 607 are joined. 607d and the lateral region 5e of the first sheet 5 and the lateral region 6e of the second sheet 6 are joined to the outside of both side ends 608c, 608d of the sheet body 608, and The side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 are joined.
[0118] なお、図 8では、前記シート体 607の側端 607cと前記シート体 608の側端 608cと が離れた状態で図示しているが、これは構造を分力り易く示したためであり、実際に は、前記シート体 607の側端 607cと前記シート体 608の側端 608cとが接して ヽても 良い。同様に、図 8では、前記シート体 607の側端 607dと前記シート体 608の側端 6 08dとが離れた状態で図示しているが、これは構造を分力り易く示したためであり、実 際には、前記シート体 607の側端 607dと前記シート体 608の側端 608dとが接して いても良い。  [0118] In FIG. 8, the side end 607c of the sheet body 607 and the side end 608c of the sheet body 608 are shown separated from each other, but this is because the structure is shown to be easily divided. Actually, the side end 607c of the sheet body 607 and the side end 608c of the sheet body 608 may be in contact with each other. Similarly, in FIG. 8, the side end 607d of the sheet body 607 and the side end 6 08d of the sheet body 608 are shown separated from each other, but this is because the structure is shown to be easily divided, Actually, the side end 607d of the sheet body 607 may be in contact with the side end 608d of the sheet body 608.
[0119] 図 6ないし図 8に示す中空体 601では、前記シート体 607の両側端 607c、 607dと 、前記シート体 608の両側端 608c、 608dとは接合しなくても、その外側の前記第 1 のシート 5の前記側方領域 5eと前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6e、および前記 第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5fと前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fとを接合す るだけで良いため、前記中空体 601を容易に製造することができる。 In the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, both side ends 607c and 607d of the sheet body 607 and the both side ends 608c and 608d of the sheet body 608 are not joined to each other, and 1 The side region 5e of the second sheet 6, the side region 6e of the second sheet 6, and the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6. Therefore, the hollow body 601 can be easily manufactured.
[0120] 前記第 1のシート 5、前記第 2のシート 6、前記シート体 607、 608の前記接合は、ラ ミネートや接着剤を用いた方法で行なうことができる。なお、図 6ないし図 8ではラミネ ートゃ接着の際に用いられる接合層を省略して図示している。  [0120] The joining of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the sheet bodies 607, 608 can be performed by a method using a laminate or an adhesive. In FIGS. 6 to 8, the bonding layer used for laminating is omitted.
[0121] このように前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6、前記シート体 607、および前記 シート体 608が接合されて、図 6に示す前記中空体 601を構成している。  In this way, the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, the sheet body 607, and the sheet body 608 are joined to form the hollow body 601 shown in FIG.
[0122] ここで、図 7に示す前記シート体 607および 608と、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央 領域 5gと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gが、図 6に示す前記中空部 2を構 成する。また、図 7に示す前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 5e と 6eが図 6に示す前記中空体 601の前記接合部 3aを構成し、図 7に示す前記第 1の シート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 5fと 6fが図 6に示す中空体 601の前記 接合部 3bを構成する。  Here, the sheet bodies 607 and 608 shown in FIG. 7, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are formed in the hollow shown in FIG. Part 2 is composed. Further, the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 7 constitute the joint 3a of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG. The side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 constitute the joint portion 3b of the hollow body 601 shown in FIG.
[0123] 前記シート体 607および 608は、例えば PEフィルムや PPフィルムで形成され、高 密度 PEフィルムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PPフィルム と低密度 PPフィルムとが積層された多層構造で構成することができる。この場合、例 えば、防鲭包装材として前記中空体 601を使用する場合には、多層構造を構成する 各層の全部あるいは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構造を構成する各層には 用途に応じて添加剤を混合することもできる。このシート体 607および 608は、例えば インフレーション法によって形成されたチューブを切り開いてシート状にしたものを使 用することができる。また、 Tダイ法によって形成されたシートなど、公知の方法によつ て得られたものを使用することができる。  [0123] The sheet bodies 607 and 608 are formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and have a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film. It can be composed of a laminated multilayer structure. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 601 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can also be mixed depending on the application. As the sheet bodies 607 and 608, for example, a sheet formed by opening a tube formed by an inflation method can be used. In addition, a sheet obtained by a known method such as a sheet formed by a T-die method can be used.
[0124] なお、前記第 1のシート 5と前記シート体 607とを、例えば後記する図 15に示す製 造工程のように、 PE力もなる接合層 430を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合 には、前記第 1のシート 5と前記シート体 607のうちの一方が PE力もなる材質であり、 他方が PPからなる材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で 形成されている方の表面力 両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン 系材料にコロナ放電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされていることが好ましい。 [0124] In the case where the first sheet 5 and the sheet body 607 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 430 having PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in Fig. 15 to be described later, for example. In the case where one of the first sheet 5 and the sheet body 607 is made of a material having PE force and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two. Surface force of the material that makes it easier to join the two (for example, olefin It is preferable that the system material is coated with a corona discharge treatment).
[0125] また同様に、前記第 2のシート 6と前記シート体 608とを、例えば図 16に示す製造 工程のように、 PE力もなる接合層 431を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、 前記第 2のシート 6と前記シート体 608のうちの一方が PE力もなる材質であり、他方 力 SPPからなる材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成 されている方の表面力 両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材 料にコロナ放電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされていることが好ましい。  Similarly, when the second sheet 6 and the sheet body 608 are bonded by a laminating method via a bonding layer 431 having a PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 16, for example, If one of the second sheet 6 and the sheet body 608 is made of a material that also has PE force and the other material is made of SPP, it is difficult to join the two, so the one made of material made of PP It is preferable that the surface force is coated with a material (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material) for facilitating the bonding of the two.
[0126] 図 6ないし図 8に示す前記中空体 601では、前記シート体 607および 608の上下に 、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6とが接合されている。したがって、前記シー ト体 607および 608が前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6によって補強され た状態で、前記中空部 2を形成することができるため、前記中空部 2が十分な強度を 有する前記中空体 601とすることができる。  In the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the top and bottom of the sheet bodies 607 and 608, respectively. Therefore, since the hollow portion 2 can be formed in a state where the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the hollow portion 2 has sufficient strength. The hollow body 601 having the following can be obtained.
[0127] 仮に、前記シート体 607の両側端 607cおよび 607dと、前記シート体 608の両側端 608cおよび 608dとを接合した中空体としただけでは、中空体の強度を向上するに は限界がある。特に、大きな寸法を有する前記シート体 607および 608を容易に得る ためには、前記シート体 607と 608とをインフレーション法によって得られたチューブ を切り開いて製造することが広く行なわれている力 インフレーション法によって得ら れたシート体 607および 608では、エアによって押し出された前駆中空体を膨らませ ることによって製造されるものであるため、前記シート体 607および 608の膜厚は薄く 、材質などの改良による強度の向上を図るにも限界がある。このように、強度の低い シート体 607および 608を接合することによって中空体を製造しても、強度の向上を 図ることはできない。  [0127] Temporarily, there is a limit to improving the strength of the hollow body only by forming a hollow body in which both side ends 607c and 607d of the sheet body 607 are joined to both side ends 608c and 608d of the sheet body 608. . In particular, in order to easily obtain the sheet bodies 607 and 608 having large dimensions, a force inflation method in which the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are produced by cutting a tube obtained by the inflation method is widely used. The sheet bodies 607 and 608 obtained by the above are manufactured by inflating the precursor hollow body extruded by air, so that the film thickness of the sheet bodies 607 and 608 is thin, There is a limit to improving the strength. Thus, even if the hollow body is manufactured by joining the sheet bodies 607 and 608 having low strength, the strength cannot be improved.
[0128] これに対し、図 6ないし図 8に示す前記中空体 601では、前記シート体 607の前記 上面 6077aの全面に、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央領域 5gが接合されているととも に、前記シート体 608の前記下面 608bと前記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gが接 合されているため、前記中空体 601の強度を大きくすることが可能となる。  In contrast, in the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 is joined to the entire upper surface 6077a of the sheet body 607. Further, since the lower surface 608b of the sheet body 608 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are joined, the strength of the hollow body 601 can be increased.
[0129] 図 9は本発明の中空体の第 4実施形態を示す斜視図である。  FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a fourth embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention.
図 9に示す中空体 701は、図 1に示す前記中空体 1と同じ構成要素を有して構成さ れている。したがって、図 9に示す中空体 701の構成要素のうち、図 1に示す前記中 空体 1と同じ構成要素には、同じ符号を付して詳しい説明を省略する。 A hollow body 701 shown in FIG. 9 has the same components as the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. It is. Therefore, among the components of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG. 9, the same components as those of the hollow body 1 shown in FIG.
[0130] 図 9に示すように中空体 701も、中空部 2と接合部 3a、 3bとを有して構成されている [0130] As shown in FIG. 9, the hollow body 701 is also configured to have a hollow portion 2 and joint portions 3a and 3b.
[0131] 図 10は、図 9に示す前記中空体 701の分解斜視図である。図 10に示すように、前 記中空体 701は、第 1のシート 5と、この第 1のシート 5の下方側（図示 Z2方向側）に 位置する第 2のシート 6、および前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の間に介装さ れた折り曲げシート体 707とを有して構成されている。図 10に示すように、前記折り 曲げシート体 707は、上方側（図示 Z1方向側)から見た平面形状が長方形として形 成されたシート体 710を、幅方向（図示 XI— X2方向）で 2分する中央線 O— Oで、両 側縁 710aと 710bとが上下方向（図示 Z1-Z2方向）で対向するように折り曲げて形 成されている。前記中央線 O-Oには折り曲げ縁部 710cが形成されている。前記折り 曲げシート体 707が図 9および図 10に示す前記中空体 701の中空部形成部材を構 成している。 FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 10, the hollow body 701 includes a first sheet 5, a second sheet 6 positioned on the lower side (Z2 direction side in the drawing) of the first sheet 5, and the first sheet 5. A folded sheet body 707 interposed between the sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 is provided. As shown in FIG. 10, the folded sheet body 707 includes a sheet body 710 having a planar shape viewed from the upper side (Z1 direction side in the figure) formed in a rectangular shape in the width direction (XI-X2 direction in the figure). A center line O—O that bisects is formed by bending both side edges 710a and 710b so as to face each other in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure). A bent edge 710c is formed on the center line O-O. The bent sheet body 707 constitutes a hollow portion forming member of the hollow body 701 shown in FIGS.
[0132] 前記シート体 710の前記折り曲げ縁部 710cが前記折り曲げシート体 707の一方の 側端 707cを構成する。また、前記シート体 710の両側縁 710aと 710bとで前記折り 曲げシート体 707の他方の側端 707dを構成する。  [0132] The bent edge 710c of the sheet body 710 constitutes one side end 707c of the bent sheet body 707. Further, both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 constitute the other side edge 707d of the folded sheet body 707.
[0133] 前記折り曲げシート体 707は、前記中央線 O— Oで折り曲げられることによって、前 記中央線 O— Oの上方側（図示 Z1方向側）に形成された上部面 707eと、下方側（図 示 Z2方向側）に形成された下部面 707fとが形成されている。前記上部面 707eの上 面 707elが前記折り曲げシート体 707の上面 707aを構成し、前記下部面 707fの下 面 707f 2が前記折り曲げシート体 707の下面 707bを構成する。  [0133] The folded sheet body 707 is folded at the center line OO to form an upper surface 707e formed on the upper side (Z1 direction side in the drawing) of the center line OO, and a lower side ( A lower surface 707f formed on the Z2 direction side) is formed. The upper surface 707el of the upper surface 707e constitutes the upper surface 707a of the folded sheet body 707, and the lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f constitutes the lower surface 707b of the folded sheet body 707.
[0134] 前記折り曲げシート体 707の幅方向の寸法 (幅寸法）は W30で形成されており、前 記折り曲げシート体 707の膜厚は例えば 10— 300 μ mである。  The dimension (width dimension) of the folded sheet body 707 in the width direction is W30, and the thickness of the folded sheet body 707 is, for example, 10 to 300 μm.
[0135] 図 10に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W1は、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記幅寸法 W30よりも大きく形成されている。また、前記第 2のシート 6の前記 幅寸法 W2も、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記幅寸法 W30よりも大きく形成されて いる。 [0136] 図 10に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6は、前記折り曲げシート 体 707を介して上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）に重ねられた位置関係で配置されてい る。このとき、前記第 1のシート 5の一方の側端 5cと前記第 2のシート 6の一方の側端 6 cとが対向するとともに、前記第 1のシート 5の他方の側端 5dと前記第 2のシート 6の他 方の側端 6dとが対向する位置関係で配置される。 [0135] As shown in FIG. 10, the width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 is formed larger than the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. Further, the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 is also formed larger than the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. [0136] As shown in FIG. 10, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are arranged in a positional relationship in which they are stacked in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) via the folded sheet body 707. It has been done. At this time, one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and one side end 6c of the second sheet 6 face each other, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the first side end 6c The other side edge 6d of the second sheet 6 is disposed so as to face each other.
[0137] また、前記折り曲げシート体 707の一方の側端 707cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記 一方の側端 5c、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置す る位置関係で配置されるとともに、前記折り曲げシート体 707の他方の側端 707dが、 前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側 端 6dよりも内側に位置する位置関係で配置される。  [0137] Further, one side end 707c of the folded sheet body 707 is located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. The other side end 707d of the bent sheet body 707 is arranged in a positional relationship, and the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side of the second sheet 6 are arranged. Arranged in a positional relationship located inside the end 6d.
[0138] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記幅寸法 W1と、前記第 2のシート 6の前記幅寸法 W2は、と もに前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記幅寸法 W30よりも大きく形成されている。また、 前記折り曲げシート体 707の一方の側端 707cが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記一方の 側端 5c、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記一方の側端 6cよりも内側に位置する位置 関係で配置される。また、前記折り曲げシート体 707の他方の側端 707dが、前記第 1のシート 5の前記他方の側端 5d、および前記第 2のシート 6の前記他方の側端 6dよ りも内側に位置する位置関係で配置される。  [0138] The width dimension W1 of the first sheet 5 and the width dimension W2 of the second sheet 6 are both formed larger than the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. Further, a position where one side end 707c of the folded sheet body 707 is located inside the one side end 5c of the first sheet 5 and the one side end 6c of the second sheet 6. Arranged in relationship. Further, the other side end 707d of the bent sheet body 707 is positioned on the inner side of the other side end 5d of the first sheet 5 and the other side end 6d of the second sheet 6. Arranged in positional relationship.
[0139] したがって、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6と前記折り曲げシート体 70 7とを重ねたときに、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6の側方領域力 前記 折り曲げシート体 707の外方に突出する。この突出した領域力 図 10にハッチングで 示す側方領域 5e、 5f、 6e、 6fである。  Therefore, when the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 and the folded sheet body 707 are overlapped, the lateral region forces of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are overlapped. The bent sheet body 707 protrudes outward. These protruding region forces are the side regions 5e, 5f, 6e, and 6f indicated by hatching in FIG.
[0140] 前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fの間に形成された前記中央領域 5gの幅 寸法 W4は、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記幅寸法 W30と同じである。また、前記 第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6e、 6fの間に形成された前記中央領域 6gの幅寸法 W5は、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記幅寸法 W30と同じである。  [0140] The width dimension W4 of the central region 5g formed between the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 is the same as the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707. The width dimension W5 of the central area 6g formed between the side areas 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6 is the same as the width dimension W30 of the folded sheet body 707.
[0141] また図 10に示すように、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記折り曲げシー ト体 707の長手方向寸法は同じに形成されているため、前記第 1のシート 5の前端 5h と前記第 2のシート 6の前端 6hと前記折り曲げシート体 707の前端 707hとが、互いに 上下方向で対向する。同様に、前記第 1のシート 5の後端 5iと前記第 2のシート 6の後 端 6iと前記折り曲げシート体 707の後端 707iとが、互いに上下方向で対向する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10, the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the folded sheet body 707 have the same longitudinal dimension, so that the first sheet 5 The front end 5h of the second sheet 6, the front end 6h of the second sheet 6, and the front end 707h of the folded sheet body 707 are mutually connected. Opposing in the vertical direction. Similarly, the rear end 5i of the first sheet 5, the rear end 6i of the second sheet 6, and the rear end 707i of the folded sheet body 707 are opposed to each other in the vertical direction.
[0142] 図 10に示すような位置関係で前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6と前記折り曲 げシート体 707とが配置された状態で、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bが前記中央領 域 5gにおいて、前記折り曲げシート体 707の上部面 707eの上面 707elの全面と接 合されてる。また、前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aが前記中央領域 6gにおいて、前記折 り曲げシート体 707の前記下部面 707fの下面 707f 2の全面と接した状態で接合さ れる。 [0142] The lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 in a state where the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the folded sheet body 707 are arranged in a positional relationship as shown in FIG. Is joined to the entire upper surface 707el of the upper surface 707e of the folded sheet body 707 in the central region 5g. In addition, the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 is joined in a state in contact with the entire lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 in the central region 6g.
[0143] また、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記上部面 707eと前記下部面 707fとは接合さ れていない。  [0143] Further, the upper surface 707e and the lower surface 707f of the bent sheet body 707 are not joined.
[0144] 一方、前記第 1のシート 5の下面 5bと前記第 2のシート 6の上面 6aとが、前記側方領 域 5eと前記側方領域 6eにお 、て接合されるとともに、前記側方領域 5fと前記側方領 域 6fにおいて接合される。  [0144] On the other hand, the lower surface 5b of the first sheet 5 and the upper surface 6a of the second sheet 6 are joined to the side region 5e and the side region 6e, and the side The side region 5f and the side region 6f are joined.
[0145] 図 11は、図 9の XI— XI線で切断した断面図である。図 11に示すように、前記折り曲 げシート体 707を構成するシート体 710の両側縁 710aおよび 710bとは接合されて おらず、前記シート体 710の両側縁 710aおよび 710b (前記折り曲げシート体 707の 前記側端 707d)の外側で、前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5fと前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fとが接合されている。また、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記側 縁 707cの外側で、前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5eと前記第 2のシート 6の前 記側方領域 6eとが接合されて 、る。  FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XI—XI in FIG. As shown in FIG. 11, both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 are not joined, and both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 (the folded sheet body 707 The side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 are joined outside the side end 707d). Further, the side region 5e of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6e of the second sheet 6 are joined to each other outside the side edge 707c of the folded sheet body 707.
[0146] 前記折り曲げシート体 707を構成する前記シート体 710の両側縁 710aと 710bとを 接合しなくても、その外側の前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5fと前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fとを接合するだけで良いため、前記中空体 701を容易に製造す ることがでさる。  [0146] Even if both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 are not joined, the lateral region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet on the outside thereof are joined. The hollow body 701 can be easily manufactured because it is only necessary to join the 6 side regions 6f.
[0147] 前記第 1のシート 5、前記第 2のシート 6、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記上部面 7 07eおよび前記下部面 707fの前記接合は、ラミネートや接着剤を用いた方法で行な うことができる。なお、図 9ないし図 11ではラミネートや接着の際に用いられる接合層 を省略して図示している。 [0148] このように前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6、および前記折り曲げシート体 70 7が接合されて、図 9に示す前記中空体 701を構成している。 [0147] The joining of the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the upper surface 707e and the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 is performed by a method using a laminate or an adhesive. be able to. In FIGS. 9 to 11, the bonding layer used for laminating and bonding is omitted. Thus, the first sheet 5, the second sheet 6, and the folded sheet body 707 are joined to form the hollow body 701 shown in FIG.
[0149] ここで、図 10に示す前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記上部面 707eおよび前記下 部面 707fと、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央領域 5gと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記中 央領域 6gが、図 9に示す前記中空部 2を構成する。また、図 10に示す前記第 1のシ ート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 5eと 6eが図 9に示す前記中空体 701の前 記接合部 3aを構成し、図 10に示す前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6の前記側 方領域 5fと 6fが図 9に示す中空体 701の前記接合部 3bを構成する。  Here, the upper surface 707e and the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10, the central region 5g of the first sheet 5, and the middle of the second sheet 6 are shown. The central region 6g constitutes the hollow portion 2 shown in FIG. Further, the side regions 5e and 6e of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 10 constitute the joint portion 3a of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG. The side regions 5f and 6f of the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 9 constitute the joint portion 3b of the hollow body 701 shown in FIG.
[0150] 前記折り曲げシート体 707を構成する前記シート体 710は、例えば PEフィルムや P Pフィルムで形成され、高密度 PEフィルムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構 造や、高密度 PPフィルムと低密度 PPフィルムとが積層された多層構造で構成するこ とができる。この場合、例えば、防鲭包装材として前記中空体 701を使用する場合に は、多層構造を構成する各層の全部あるいは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構 造を構成する各層には用途に応じて添加剤を混合することもできる。前記シート体 7 10は、例えばインフレーション法によって形成されたチューブを切り開いてシート状 にしたものを使用することができる。また、 Tダイ法によって形成されたシートなど、公 知の方法によって得られたものを使用することができる。  [0150] The sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 is formed of, for example, a PE film or a PP film, and has a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated, or a high-density PP film. And a multi-layer structure in which a low-density PP film is laminated. In this case, for example, when the hollow body 701 is used as a fender wrapping material, each layer constituting the multilayer structure is mixed with all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Additives can also be mixed depending on the application. As the sheet body 710, for example, a sheet formed by opening a tube formed by an inflation method can be used. In addition, a sheet obtained by a publicly known method such as a sheet formed by a T-die method can be used.
[0151] なお、前記第 1のシート 5と前記折り曲げシート体 707とを、例えば後記する図 15に 示す製造工程のように、 PE力もなる接合層 430を介してラミネート法によって接合す る場合に、前記第 1のシート 5と前記折り曲げシート体 707のうちの一方が PE力もなる 材質であり、他方が PPからなる材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPか らなる材質で形成されて ヽる方の表面力 両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば 、ォレフイン系材料にコロナ放電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされていることが好 ましい。  [0151] When the first sheet 5 and the folded sheet body 707 are bonded together by a laminating method via a bonding layer 430 having PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in Fig. 15 to be described later, for example. In the case where one of the first sheet 5 and the folded sheet body 707 is made of a material that also has PE force and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two, so it is made of a material made of PP. It is preferable that the surface force of the outer side is coated with a material for facilitating the joining of the two (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material).
[0152] また同様に、前記第 2のシート 6と前記折り曲げシート体 707とを、例えば図 16に示 す製造工程のように、 PE力もなる接合層 431を介してラミネート法によって接合する 場合に、前記第 2のシート 6層と前記折り曲げシート体 707のうちの一方が PE力もな る材質であり、他方が PPからなる材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PP 力もなる材質で形成されて ヽる方の表面が、両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例え ば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされていることが 好ましい。 [0152] Similarly, when the second sheet 6 and the folded sheet body 707 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 431 having a PE force as in the manufacturing process shown in FIG. 16, for example. When one of the second sheet 6 layers and the folded sheet body 707 is made of a material having PE force and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two. It is preferable that the surface that is formed of a material having high strength is coated with a material (for example, a corona discharge treatment applied to an olefin-based material) for facilitating the joining of the two.
[0153] 図 9ないし図 11に示す前記中空体 701では、前記折り曲げシート体 707の上下に 、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6とが接合されている。したがって、前記折り 曲げシート体 707が前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシート 6によって補強された 状態で、前記中空部 2を形成することができるため、前記中空部 2が十分な強度を有 する前記中空体 701とすることができる。  In the hollow body 701 shown in FIGS. 9 to 11, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined above and below the folded sheet body 707. Accordingly, since the hollow portion 2 can be formed in a state where the folded sheet body 707 is reinforced by the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6, the hollow portion 2 has sufficient strength. The hollow body 701 can be provided.
[0154] 仮に、前記折り曲げシート体 707を構成する前記シート体 710の両側縁 710aおよ び 710bとを接合した中空体としただけでは、中空体の強度を向上するには限界があ る。特に、大きな幅寸法 W30を有する前記折り曲げシート体 707を容易に得るため には、前記シート体 710をインフレーション法によって得られたチューブを切り開いて 製造することが広く行なわれている力 インフレーション法によって得られたシート体 7 10では、エアによって押し出された前駆中空体を膨らませることによって製造される ものであるため、前記シート体 710の膜厚は薄ぐ材質などの改良による強度の向上 を図るにも限界がある。このように、強度の低いシート体 710の両側縁 710aと 710bと を接合することによって中空体を製造しても、強度の向上を図ることはできない。  [0154] Temporarily, there is a limit to improving the strength of the hollow body only by forming a hollow body in which both side edges 710a and 710b of the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 are joined. In particular, in order to easily obtain the folded sheet body 707 having a large width dimension W30, the sheet body 710 is obtained by a force inflation method which is widely used by manufacturing a tube obtained by the inflation method. Since the sheet body 7 10 is manufactured by inflating the precursor hollow body extruded by air, the film thickness of the sheet body 710 is to improve the strength by improving the thinning material or the like. There is a limit. Thus, even if a hollow body is manufactured by joining both side edges 710a and 710b of the low strength sheet body 710, the strength cannot be improved.
[0155] これに対し、図 9ないし図 11に示す前記中空体 701では、前記シート体 710からな る前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記上部面 707eの上面 707elの全面に、前記第 1 のシート 5の前記中央領域 5gが接合されているとともに、前記折り曲げシート体 707 の前記下部面 707fの下面 707f2と前記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gが接合さ れているため、前記中空体 701の強度を大きくすることが可能となる。  In contrast, in the hollow body 701 shown in FIGS. 9 to 11, the first sheet 5 is formed on the entire upper surface 707el of the upper surface 707e of the folded sheet body 707 including the sheet body 710. The central region 5g of the folded body 707 and the lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f of the folded sheet body 707 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are joined. The strength can be increased.
[0156] なお、図 3および図 4に示す前記中空体 101を構成する前記チューブ 107および 1 08に代えて、図 7に示す前記シート体 607および 608を用いても良い。あるいは、図 3および図 4に示す前記中空体 101を構成する前記チューブ 107および 108に代え て、図 10に示す前記折り曲げシート体 707を用いても良い。  Note that the sheet bodies 607 and 608 shown in FIG. 7 may be used in place of the tubes 107 and 108 forming the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4. Alternatively, the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 may be used in place of the tubes 107 and 108 constituting the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS.
[0157] 図 12は、本発明のシート構造体の第 1実施例を示す斜視図である。図 12に示すシ ート構造体 201は、下層シート 202と、この下層シート 202の上方側（図示 Z1方向側 )に重ねて形成された上層シート 203とを有して構成されて ヽる。 [0157] Fig. 12 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of the seat structure of the present invention. A sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12 includes a lower layer sheet 202 and an upper side of the lower layer sheet 202 (the Z1 direction side in the drawing). ) And an upper layer sheet 203 formed on top of each other.
[0158] 図 12に示す実施形態では、前記下層シート 202の上方側から見た平面形状は、 前記シート構造体 201の長手方向（図示 Y1— Y2方向）に延びる長方形に形成され ている。また前記上層シート 203も前記シート構造体 201の長手方向に向力つて延 びる長方形に形成されて ヽる。  In the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, the planar shape viewed from above the lower layer sheet 202 is formed in a rectangle extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing) of the sheet structure 201. The upper layer sheet 203 is also formed in a rectangular shape extending in the longitudinal direction of the sheet structure 201.
[0159] 図 12に示すように、前記上層シート 203は、第 1のシート半体 204と第 2のシート半 体 205とで構成されている。前記第 1のシート半体 204と前記第 2のシート半体 205 は、前記下層シート 202の上面 202aに、前記シート構造体 201の幅方向（図示 XI 一 X2方向）に並んで接合されている。  As shown in FIG. 12, the upper layer sheet 203 is composed of a first sheet half 204 and a second sheet half 205. The first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are joined to the upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202 side by side in the width direction of the sheet structure 201 (the XI-X2 direction in the drawing). .
[0160] 図 12に示すように、前記第 1のシート半体 204は、内側端 204cと外側端 204dと、 前端 204hと後端 204iを有して 、る。  [0160] As shown in Fig. 12, the first half sheet 204 has an inner end 204c, an outer end 204d, a front end 204h, and a rear end 204i.
[0161] また、前記前記第 2のシート半体 205は、外側端 205cと内側端 205dと、前端 205 hと後端 205iを有している。  [0161] Further, the second sheet half body 205 has an outer end 205c, an inner end 205d, a front end 205h, and a rear end 205i.
[0162] 図 12に示すように、前記下層シート 202の前端 202hと、前記第 1のシート半体 204 の前端 204hおよび前記第 2のシート半体 205の前端 205hとは、上下方向（図示 Z1 Z2方向）で対向するように形成されている。また、前記下層シート 202の後端 202i と、前記第 1のシート半体 204の後端 204iおよび前記第 2のシート半体 205の後端 2 05iとは、上下方向で対向するように形成されている。  [0162] As shown in FIG. 12, the front end 202h of the lower layer sheet 202, the front end 204h of the first sheet half 204 and the front end 205h of the second sheet half 205 Z2 direction). Further, the rear end 202i of the lower layer sheet 202, the rear end 204i of the first sheet half 204, and the rear end 205i of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction. ing.
[0163] また、前記下層シート 202の一方の側端 202cと、前記第 2のシート半体 205の外側 端 205cとは、上下方向で対向するように形成されている。また、前記下層シート 202 の他方の側端 202dと、前記第 1のシート半体 204の外側端 204dとは、上下方向で 対向するように形成されて ヽる。  [0163] Further, one side end 202c of the lower layer sheet 202 and the outer end 205c of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction. The other side end 202d of the lower layer sheet 202 and the outer end 204d of the first sheet half 204 are formed so as to face each other in the vertical direction.
[0164] このような位置関係で、前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシート半体 205 1S 前記下層シート 202の前記上面 202aの全面に接合されて 、る。  With such a positional relationship, the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 2051S are bonded to the entire upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202.
[0165] 図 12に示すように、前記第 1のシート半体 204の前記内側端 204c側に形成された 内側端領域 204eと、前記第 2のシート半体 205の前記内側端 205d側に形成された 内側端領域 205eは、折り曲げ線 210、 211によって谷折りにされ、前記下層シート 2 02の前記上面 202aに対して上方側に折り曲げられている。そして、前記第 1のシー ト半体 204の前記内側端領域 204eと前記第 2のシート半体 205の前記内側端領域 205eとが接合されて接合部 203aを構成している。この接合部 203aは、前記シート 構造体 201の前端 201 aから後端 201 bまで連続して形成されて 、る。 As shown in FIG. 12, the inner end region 204e formed on the inner end 204c side of the first sheet half 204 and the inner end 205d side of the second sheet half 205 are formed. The inner end region 205e thus formed is valley-folded by folding lines 210 and 211 and is bent upward with respect to the upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202. And the first sea The inner end region 204e of the second half 204 and the inner end region 205e of the second sheet half 205 are joined to form a joint 203a. The joint 203a is formed continuously from the front end 201a to the rear end 201b of the sheet structure 201.
[0166] 前記下層シート 202は、例えば PPフィルムや PEフィルムで形成され、高密度 PPフ イルムと低密度 PPフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PEフィルムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造で構成することができる。この場合、例えば、防 鲭包装材として前記シート構造体 201を使用する場合には、多層構造を構成する各 層の全部あるいは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構造を構成する各層には用 途に応じて添加剤を混合することもできる。この下層シート 202はインフレーション法 によって形成される。 [0166] The lower layer sheet 202 is formed of, for example, a PP film or a PE film, and a multilayer structure in which a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated, or a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated. The multilayer structure can be configured. In this case, for example, when the sheet structure 201 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Depending on the application, additives can be mixed. The lower layer sheet 202 is formed by an inflation method.
[0167] 前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシート半体 205は、例えば紐あるいは 細 、シート状のポリエチレン（PE)材料を織った PE織布や、 PE織布の表面にポリプ ロピレン（PP)をラミネートしたもの、または PEフィルム、または紐状あるいは細いシー ト状のポリプロピレン（PP)材料を織った PP職布や PPフィルム（一軸延伸フィルムある いは二軸延伸フィルムのどちらも使用できる）、またはアルミ箔ゃ銅箔などの金属箔、 またはポリエステル（PET)フィルム、または PPや PET力 なる基材の表面にアルミ蒸 着や銅蒸着を施したもの、または PP不織布や PE不織布や PET不織布やナイロン不 織布、あるいは紙材などによって形成することができる。  [0167] The first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are made of, for example, a PE woven fabric woven from a string or fine sheet-like polyethylene (PE) material, or a polypropylene on the surface of the PE woven fabric. Laminated PP (PP), PE film, PP cloth or PP film (uniaxially stretched film or biaxially stretched film) woven from polypropylene (PP) material in the form of a string or thin sheet. Can be used), or metal foil such as aluminum foil or copper foil, or polyester (PET) film, or PP or PET-powered substrate with aluminum vapor deposition or copper deposition, or PP nonwoven fabric or PE nonwoven fabric It can also be formed from PET nonwoven fabric, nylon nonwoven fabric, or paper.
[0168] なお、後記するように、前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシート半体 205 と、前記下層シート 202とを、 PE力もなる接合層 430を介してラミネート法によって接 合する場合に、前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシート半体 205と、前記 下層シート 202のうちの一方力 PEからなる材質であり、他方が PP力もなる材質であ る場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成されている方の表面が 、両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電処理を 施したもの）でコーティングされて 、ることが好まし!/、。  [0168] As will be described later, the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are joined to the lower layer sheet 202 by a laminating method via a joining layer 430 having PE force. When the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 and the lower layer sheet 202 are made of a material with one force PE, and the other is a material with a PP force. Because the two are difficult to be joined, the surface of the material made of PP is coated with a material for facilitating the joining (for example, olefin-based material subjected to corona discharge treatment). I prefer to do that!
[0169] 図 12に示す前記シート構造体 201では、前記下層シート 202の上に、前記上層シ ート 203が接合されている。したがって、前記下層シート 202は前記上層シート 203 によって補強されることとなるため、前記下層シート 202の強度を向上することができ る。特に、前記下層シート 202の上面 202aの全面に、前記上層シート 203が接合さ れているため、前記下層シート 202を確実に補強することが可能となる。 In the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12, the upper sheet 203 is bonded on the lower sheet 202. Accordingly, since the lower layer sheet 202 is reinforced by the upper layer sheet 203, the strength of the lower layer sheet 202 can be improved. The In particular, since the upper layer sheet 203 is bonded to the entire upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202, the lower layer sheet 202 can be reliably reinforced.
[0170] 図 13は、本発明のシート構造体の第 2実施例を示す斜視図である。図 13に示すシ ート構造体 801は、図 12に示す前記シート構造体 201と同じ構成要素を有して構成 されている。したがって、図 13に示すシート構造体 801のうち、図 12に示す前記シー ト構造体 201と同じ構成要素には、同じ符号を付して詳しい説明を省略する。  FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the seat structure of the present invention. A sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13 has the same components as the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. Therefore, in the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13, the same components as those in the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG.
[0171] 図 13に示す前記シート構造体 801が、図 12に示す前記シート構造体 201と異なる のは、図 12に示す前記シート構造体 201では、前記下層シート 202が 1枚のシート 力も形成されていた力 図 13に示す前記シート構造体 801では、下層シート 202が、 2枚の下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fとで構成されている点である。  [0171] The sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13 is different from the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12. In the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12, the lower layer sheet 202 forms one sheet force. In the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13, the lower layer sheet 202 is composed of two lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f.
[0172] 図 13に示す実施形態では、前記下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fの上方側から 見た平面形状は、前記シート構造体 801の長手方向（図示 Y1— Y2方向）に延びる 長方形に形成されている。  In the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the planar shape seen from above the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f is formed in a rectangular shape extending in the longitudinal direction (Y1-Y2 direction in the drawing) of the sheet structure 801. ing.
[0173] 図 13に示すように、前記下層シート半体 202fの前端 202flと、前記第 1のシート半 体 204の前端 204hとは、上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）で対向するように形成されて いる。また、前記下層シート半体 202eの前端 202elと、前記第 2のシート半体 205の 前端 205hとは、上下方向で対向するように形成されている。なお、前記下層シート 半体 202eの前端 202elと前記下層シート半体 202fの前端 202flとで、下層シート 202の前端 202hが構成されて!、る。  As shown in FIG. 13, the front end 202fl of the lower layer sheet half 202f and the front end 204h of the first sheet half 204 are formed so as to face each other in the up-down direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the drawing). It has been done. Further, the front end 202el of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the front end 205h of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction. The front end 202el of the lower layer sheet 202 is formed by the front end 202el of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the front end 202fl of the lower layer half half 202f.
[0174] さらに、前記下層シート半体 202fの後端 202f2と、前記第 1のシート半体 204の後 端 204iとは、上下方向で対向するように形成されている。また、前記下層シート半体 202eの後端 202e2と、前記第 2のシート半体 205の後端 205iとは、上下方向で対 向するように形成されている。なお、前記下層シート半体 202eの後端 202e2と前記 下層シート半体 202fの後端 202f2とで、下層シート 202の前端 202hが構成されて いる。  [0174] Further, the rear end 202f2 of the lower layer sheet half 202f and the rear end 204i of the first sheet half 204 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction. Further, the rear end 202e2 of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the rear end 205i of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction. The rear end 202e2 of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the rear end 202f2 of the lower layer half 202f constitute a front end 202h of the lower layer sheet 202.
[0175] また、前記下層シート半体 202eの一方の外側端 202e3と、前記第 2のシート半体 2 05の外側端 205cとは、上下方向で対向するように形成されている。また、前記下層 シート半体 202fの外側端 202f4と、前記第 1のシート半体 204の外側端 204dとは、 上下方向で対向するように形成されている。なお、前記下層シート半体 202eの一方 の側端 202e3が、前記下層シート 202の一方の側端 202cを構成し、前記下層シー ト半体 202fの外側端 202f4力 前記下層シート 202の他方の側端 202dを構成する [0175] Also, one outer end 202e3 of the lower sheet half 202e and the outer end 205c of the second sheet half 205 are formed to face each other in the vertical direction. Further, the outer end 202f4 of the lower sheet half 202f and the outer end 204d of the first sheet half 204 are: It is formed so as to face each other in the vertical direction. Note that one side end 202e3 of the lower layer sheet half 202e constitutes one side end 202c of the lower layer sheet 202, and the outer end 202f4 force of the lower layer sheet half 202f is the other side of the lower layer sheet 202. Configure end 202d
[0176] そして、前記下層シート半体 202eと 202fと力 幅方向（図示 XI— X2方向）に並ん で配置されて形成されており、前記下層シート半体 202eの内側端 202e4と前記下 層シート半体 202fの内側端 202f 3とは幅方向（図示 XI— X2方向）で対向している。 [0176] The lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f are arranged side by side in the force width direction (the XI-X2 direction in the drawing), and the inner end 202e4 of the lower layer sheet half 202e and the lower layer sheet The half body 202f faces the inner end 202f3 in the width direction (the XI-X2 direction in the drawing).
[0177] このような位置関係で、前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシート半体 205 力 前記下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fの上面 202e5および 202f5の全面に接 合されている。  With such a positional relationship, the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 are bonded to the entire upper surfaces 202e5 and 202f5 of the lower sheet half 202e and 202f.
[0178] 前記下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fは、例えば PPフィルムや PEフィルムで形成 され、高密度 PPフィルムと低密度 PPフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PE フィルムと低密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造で構成することができる。この 場合、例えば、防鲭包装材として前記シート構造体 801を使用する場合には、多層 構造を構成する各層の全部あるいは一部に防鲭剤を混合するなど、多層構造を構 成する各層には用途に応じて添加剤を混合することもできる。この下層シート半体 20 2e、 202fはインフレーション法によって形成される。  [0178] The lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f are formed of, for example, a PP film or a PE film, and have a multilayer structure in which a high-density PP film and a low-density PP film are laminated, or a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film. Can be configured in a multilayer structure. In this case, for example, when the sheet structure 801 is used as an anti-fouling packaging material, an anti-fouling agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer constituting the multilayer structure. Can be mixed with additives depending on the application. The lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f are formed by an inflation method.
[0179] なお、後記するように、前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシート半体 205 と、前記下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fとを、 PE力もなる接合層 430を介してラミ ネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 1のシート半体 204および前記第 2のシー ト半体 205と、前記下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fのうちの一方力 PEからなる材 質であり、他方が PPからなる材質である場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPから なる材質で形成されて!ヽる方の表面力 両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、 ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電処理を施したもの）でコーティングされていることが好 ましい。  [0179] As will be described later, the first sheet half 204 and the second sheet half 205 and the lower sheet half 202e and 202f are laminated with a bonding layer 430 having PE force. When joining by the Nate method, the first sheet half body 204 and the second sheet half body 205, and the lower sheet half body 202e and 202f is a material composed of one force PE, while the other If the material is made of PP, it is difficult to join them together. It is preferably coated with a material that has been treated.
[0180] 図 13に示す前記シート構造体 801でも、前記下層シート 202の上に、前記上層シ ート 203が接合されている。したがって、前記下層シート 202は前記上層シート 203 によって補強されることとなるため、前記下層シート 202の強度を向上することができ る。特に、前記下層シート 202の上面 202aの全面に、前記上層シート 203が接合さ れているため、前記下層シート 202を確実に補強することが可能となる。 In the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13, the upper layer sheet 203 is bonded on the lower layer sheet 202. Accordingly, since the lower layer sheet 202 is reinforced by the upper layer sheet 203, the strength of the lower layer sheet 202 can be improved. The In particular, since the upper layer sheet 203 is bonded to the entire upper surface 202a of the lower layer sheet 202, the lower layer sheet 202 can be reliably reinforced.
[0181] 図 14ないし図 16は、図 1および図 2に示す前記中空体 1の製造方法を説明するた めの工程図である。 FIGS. 14 to 16 are process diagrams for explaining a method of manufacturing the hollow body 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2.
[0182] 図 14は図 2に示す前記チューブ 7を製造するためのインフレーションフィルム成型 機および前記チューブ 7の製造工程を示している。図 14に示すように、インフレーシ ヨンフイノレム成型機 300は、 3つの押出し機 301、 302、 303と、環状ダイ 304と、冷去 P 器 305と、ガイドプレート 306とを有して構成されて ヽる。  FIG. 14 shows an inflation film molding machine for manufacturing the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 and a manufacturing process of the tube 7. As shown in FIG. 14, the inflation Finolem molding machine 300 includes three extruders 301, 302, 303, an annular die 304, a cooling unit 305, and a guide plate 306. .
[0183] 前記押出し機 301、 302、 303は、前記チューブ 7の榭脂原料を溶融混練し、所定 速度および所定圧力で、前記榭脂原料を前記環状ダイ 304に押出すものである。  [0183] The extruders 301, 302, and 303 melt and knead the resin material of the tube 7 and extrude the resin material to the annular die 304 at a predetermined speed and a predetermined pressure.
[0184] 図 14に示す実施形態の前記インフレーションフィルム成型機 300では、 3つの押出 し機 301、 302、 303力設けられており、これら各押出し機 301、 302、 303には、用 途に応じて異なる榭脂原料や、榭脂原料に添加する添加剤の種類や量などを変え ることによって、製造される前記チューブ 7を、多層構造のものとすることができる。例 えば、前記押出し機 301、 302、 303毎に、榭脂原料として高密度 PPと低密度 PP、 あるいは高密度 PEと低密度 PPを分けて供給することで、前記チューブ 7を、高密度 PPフィルムと低密度 PPフィルムとが積層された多層構造や、高密度 PEフィルムと低 密度 PEフィルムとが積層された多層構造で製造することができる。また、例えば、防 鲭包装材として前記中空体 1を使用する場合には、前記押出し機 301、 302、 303毎 に、防鲭剤の添加量や種類を変えたものを供給し、多層構造を構成する各層の全部 あるいは一部に防鲭剤が混合されたものを製造することもできる。  [0184] In the inflation film forming machine 300 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, three extruders 301, 302, and 303 are provided, and each of these extruders 301, 302, and 303 is provided according to the application. The tube 7 to be manufactured can have a multilayer structure by changing different types of rosin raw materials and kinds and amounts of additives added to the rosin raw materials. For example, for each of the extruders 301, 302, and 303, the high-density PP and low-density PP or high-density PE and low-density PP are separately supplied as the raw material for the resin, so that the tube 7 is supplied with the high-density PP. It can be manufactured with a multilayer structure in which a film and a low-density PP film are laminated, or a multilayer structure in which a high-density PE film and a low-density PE film are laminated. Also, for example, when the hollow body 1 is used as a fender wrapping material, a material having a different amount and type of fender-proofing agent is supplied to each of the extruders 301, 302, and 303 to form a multilayer structure It is also possible to produce a material in which an antifungal agent is mixed in all or a part of each layer.
[0185] 図 14に示す実施形態のインフレーションフィルム成型機 300では、 3つの押出し機 301、 302、 303が設けられている力 前記押出し機 301、 302、 303の数量が限定 されるものではなぐ製造する多層構造の前記チューブ 7の層数に応じて、前記押出 し機 301、 302、 303の数を設定することができる。  [0185] In the inflation film molding machine 300 of the embodiment shown in Fig. 14, the force provided with the three extruders 301, 302, 303 is not limited to the quantity of the extruders 301, 302, 303. The number of the extruders 301, 302, and 303 can be set according to the number of layers of the tube 7 having a multilayer structure.
[0186] 前記押出し機 301、 302、 303によって前記環状ダイ 304に押し出された榭脂原料 は、前記環状ダイ 304によって一体的構造の円筒状に押し出され、円筒体 310が前 記環状ダイ 304の上方側（図示 Z1-Z2方向側）に突出する。このとき、前記環状ダイ 304から前記円筒体 310の内径部 310a内にエアを供給しながら、前記冷却器 305 によって前記円筒体 310を冷却する。前記円筒体 310の内径部 310a内にエアを供 給すると、前記円筒体 310の直径が大きくなりながら、かつ膜厚が小さくなりながら、 前記環状ダイ 304の上方側に向力つて伸びて行く。 [0186] The resin raw material extruded into the annular die 304 by the extruders 301, 302, and 303 is extruded into an integrally structured cylinder by the annular die 304, and the cylindrical body 310 is formed into the annular die 304. Projects upward (Z1-Z2 direction side in the figure). At this time, the annular die The cylindrical body 310 is cooled by the cooler 305 while air is supplied from 304 into the inner diameter portion 310 a of the cylindrical body 310. When air is supplied into the inner diameter portion 310a of the cylindrical body 310, the cylindrical body 310 expands by force toward the upper side of the annular die 304 while the diameter of the cylindrical body 310 increases and the film thickness decreases.
[0187] 前記円筒体 310に、前記冷却器 305によって冷却エアを噴きつけ、前記円筒体 31 0を冷却すると、前記チューブ 7が製造される。  [0187] Cooling air is sprayed onto the cylindrical body 310 by the cooler 305 to cool the cylindrical body 310, whereby the tube 7 is manufactured.
[0188] そして、前記チューブ 7は、ガイドプレート 306によって、図 2示す上面 7aと下面 7b とがた状態で折り畳まれた後、ピンチロール 311と搬送ロール 312の間に挟まれて図 示矢印方向に搬送され、ガイドロール 313、 314、 315を介して、卷取り器 316に設 けられた卷取りロール 317にロール状に巻き取られる。  [0188] Then, the tube 7 is folded by the guide plate 306 in a state where the upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b shown in Fig. 2 are in a folded state, and then sandwiched between the pinch roll 311 and the conveying roll 312, And is wound into a roll shape by a scraping roll 317 provided in the scraper 316 via the guide rolls 313, 314, and 315.
[0189] 図 15は、図 2に示すチューブ 7に、図 2に示す第 1のシート 5を接合するための装置 、および接合工程を示している。  FIG. 15 shows an apparatus for joining the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 2 and a joining process to the tube 7 shown in FIG.
[0190] 図 15に示す接合装置 400は、搬送ロール 401aと搬送ベルト 401bとを有するコン ベア 401と、接合層塗布機構 410とを有している。前記接合層塗布機構 410は、ホッ パ 402が設置された溶融押出し機 403と、この溶融押出し機 403に連設されている T ダイ 404と力 構成されて 、る。  A joining apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 15 includes a conveyor 401 having a transporting roll 401a and a transporting belt 401b, and a joining layer applying mechanism 410. The bonding layer coating mechanism 410 is composed of a melt extruder 403 provided with a hopper 402 and a T-die 404 connected to the melt extruder 403.
[0191] 図 15〖こ示すよう〖こ、搬送べノレト 401b上〖こ、図 14に示すインフレーションフイノレム成 型機 300によって製造された前記チューブ 7が、図 2に示す上面 7aと下面 7bとが接 して折り畳まれた状態で載置される。この搬送ベルト 401bが前記搬送ロールの回転 駆動力によって図示 Y1側力 Y2側に向って一定の速度で連続的に移動することに よって、前記搬送ベルト 401b上に載置された前記チューブ 7も図示 Y1側から Y2側 へ搬送される。  [0191] As shown in FIG. 15, the tube 7 manufactured by the inflation finer molding machine 300 shown in FIG. 14 is formed on the upper surface 7a and the lower surface 7b shown in FIG. Is placed in a folded state. The tube 7 placed on the conveyor belt 401b is also illustrated by the conveyance belt 401b being continuously moved at a constant speed toward the Y1 side force Y2 illustrated by the rotational driving force of the conveyance roll. Transported from Y1 side to Y2 side.
[0192] 前記コンベア 401上に設置されている溶融押出し機 403では、その上部に設置さ れているホッノ 402に、図 2に示す前記チューブ 7と前記第 1のシート 5とをラミネート 法によって接合するための接合層 430を形成する榭脂原料 420が投入される。この 榭脂原料 420は、接合層 430を形成するためのポリエチレン榭脂材料である。前記 ポリエチレン榭脂材料は、比較的溶融温度の低 、低密度ポリエチレン (LDPE)であ る。 [0193] 前記ホッパ 402に投入された前記榭脂原料 420は、 Tダイ 404を用いた溶融押し 出し法によって前記接合層 430とされる。 [0192] In the melt extruder 403 installed on the conveyor 401, the tube 7 and the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. The resin raw material 420 for forming the bonding layer 430 is added. This resin material 420 is a polyethylene resin material for forming the bonding layer 430. The polyethylene resin material is a low density polyethylene (LDPE) having a relatively low melting temperature. [0193] The resin raw material 420 charged into the hopper 402 is made into the bonding layer 430 by a melt extrusion method using a T die 404.
[0194] ここで本明細書にぉ 、て「Tダイを用いた溶融押し出し法」とは、ダイアダプタを取り 付けると Τ字形状になるダイを溶融押し出し機に設置して、溶融榭脂を押し出して榭 脂をシート状に成型する加工方法を意味する。 [0194] Here, in the present specification, the term "melt extrusion method using a T-die" refers to a die that is shaped like a letter when a die adapter is attached. It means a processing method to extrude and form a resin into a sheet.
[0195] 図 15に示すように、前記榭脂原料 420は、前記溶融押出し機 403によって、加熱さ れ溶融されて混練されて押し出され、前記 Τダイ 404に形成されたスリットからシート 状に成型されながら、前記チューブ 7の上面 7aの全面に押し出されて前記接合層 43As shown in FIG. 15, the resin raw material 420 is heated, melted, kneaded and extruded by the melt extruder 403, and is molded into a sheet form from the slit formed in the paddy die 404. However, the bonding layer 43 is pushed out over the entire upper surface 7a of the tube 7.
0とされる。 0.
[0196] 前記接合層塗布機構 410によって前記チューブ 7の前記上面 7aに前記接合層 43 0が形成された直後に、ガイドロール 440を通過して前記接合層 430の上に前記第 1 のシート 5が供給される。この際、前記チューブ 7と前記第 1のシート 5の中央領域 5g とが上下方向（図示 Z1-Z2方向）で対向する位置関係となるようにする。したがって、 前記チューブ 7の側方に、前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fが位置すること となる。そして、前記チューブ 7の上に前記接合層 430を介して前記第 1のシート 5が ラミネートにより接合され、接合体 450が製造される。そして、前記チューブ 7の上に 前記第 1のシート 5が接合された接合体 450は、図示しない巻き取りロールによって 巻き取られる。  [0196] Immediately after the bonding layer 430 is formed on the upper surface 7a of the tube 7 by the bonding layer application mechanism 410, the first sheet 5 passes through the guide roll 440 and is placed on the bonding layer 430. Is supplied. At this time, the tube 7 and the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 are positioned so as to face each other in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the drawing). Therefore, the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 are located on the side of the tube 7. Then, the first sheet 5 is bonded onto the tube 7 through the bonding layer 430 by lamination, and a bonded body 450 is manufactured. Then, the joined body 450 in which the first sheet 5 is joined onto the tube 7 is taken up by a take-up roll (not shown).
[0197] 図 16は、図 14に示す前記チューブ 7と前記第 1のシート 5との接合体 450に、図 2 に示す第 1のシート 5を接合するための装置、および接合工程を示している。  FIG. 16 shows an apparatus and a joining process for joining the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 2 to the joined body 450 of the tube 7 and the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. Yes.
[0198] 図 16に示す接合装置 400は、図 15に示す接合装置 400と同じものであるため説 明を省略する。  [0198] Since the joining device 400 shown in FIG. 16 is the same as the joining device 400 shown in FIG. 15, the description thereof is omitted.
[0199] 図 16に示すように、搬送ベルト 401b上に、図 15に示す接合体 450力 前記チュー ブ 7の前記下面 7bを上方側（図示 Z1側）に、かつ前記第 1のシート 5が下方側（図示 Z2側）に位置するように載置され、図示 Y1側力 Y2側へ搬送される。  As shown in FIG. 16, the joined body 450 force shown in FIG. 15 is placed on the conveyor belt 401b with the lower surface 7b of the tube 7 on the upper side (Z1 side in the drawing) and the first sheet 5 It is placed so as to be located on the lower side (Z2 side in the figure), and conveyed to the Y1 side force Y2 side in the figure.
[0200] 前記コンベア 401上に設置されている溶融押出し機 403では、その上部に設置さ れているホッノ 402に、前記接合体 450と図 2に示す前記第 2のシート 6とをラミネート 法によって接合するための接合層 431を形成する榭脂原料 421が投入される。この 榭脂原料 421は、接合層 431を形成するためのポリエチレン榭脂材料である。前記 ポリエチレン榭脂材料は、比較的溶融温度の低 、低密度ポリエチレン (LDPE)であ る。 [0200] In the melt extruder 403 installed on the conveyor 401, the joined body 450 and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. A resin material 421 for forming a bonding layer 431 for bonding is introduced. this The resin raw material 421 is a polyethylene resin material for forming the bonding layer 431. The polyethylene resin material is a low-density polyethylene (LDPE) having a relatively low melting temperature.
[0201] 図 16に示すように、前記榭脂原料 421は、前記溶融押出し機 403によって、加熱さ れ溶融されて混練されて押し出され、前記 Tダイ 404に形成されたスリットからシート 状に成型されながら、前記接合体 450を構成する前記チューブ 7の下面 7bの全面、 および前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fに押し出されて前記接合層 431とさ れる。  [0201] As shown in FIG. 16, the resin raw material 421 is heated, melted, kneaded and extruded by the melt extruder 403, and is molded into a sheet from the slit formed in the T die 404. However, the bonding layer 431 is pushed out to the entire lower surface 7 b of the tube 7 constituting the bonded body 450 and the side regions 5 e and 5 f of the first sheet 5.
[0202] 前記接合層塗布機構 410によって前記接合体 450を構成する前記チューブ 7の前 記下面 7bに前記接合層 431が形成された直後に、ガイドロール 440を通過して前記 接合層 431の上に前記第 2のシート 6が供給される。この際、前記接合体 450を構成 する前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5e、 5fと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領 域 6e、 6fとが上下方向（図示 Z1-Z2方向）で対向するように供給する。また、前記チ ユーブ 7と前記第 2のシート 6の前記中央領域 6gとが上下方向で対向する位置関係と なるようにする。  [0202] Immediately after the bonding layer 431 is formed on the lower surface 7b of the tube 7 constituting the bonded body 450 by the bonding layer application mechanism 410, the bonding layer application mechanism 410 passes the guide roll 440 and passes over the bonding layer 431. The second sheet 6 is supplied. At this time, the side regions 5e and 5f of the first sheet 5 constituting the joined body 450 and the side regions 6e and 6f of the second sheet 6 are vertically oriented (Z1-Z2 in the drawing). Direction). In addition, the tube 7 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6 are arranged to face each other in the vertical direction.
[0203] 前記接合体 450の上に前記接合層 431を介して前記第 2のシート 6がラミネートに より接合されると、図 1に示す中空体 1が製造される。  [0203] When the second sheet 6 is bonded on the bonded body 450 via the bonding layer 431 by lamination, the hollow body 1 shown in FIG. 1 is manufactured.
[0204] このようにして製造された前記中空体 1は、図示しない巻き取りロールによって巻き 取られる。 [0204] The hollow body 1 manufactured as described above is wound up by a winding roll (not shown).
[0205] なお、図 15に示す工程において、前記第 1のシート 5と前記チューブ 7とを、 PE力 なる接合層 430を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 1の層と前記 チューブ 7のうちの一方が PE力 なる材質であり、他方が PP力 なる材質である場合 は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成されている方の表面力 両者 を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電処理を施したも の）でコーティングされて 、ることが好まし 、。  In the step shown in FIG. 15, when the first sheet 5 and the tube 7 are bonded by a laminating method via the bonding layer 430 having PE force, the first layer and the tube If one of the seven materials is made of PE and the other is made of PP, it is difficult to join the two, so the surface force of the material made of PP makes it easier to join the two. It is preferably coated with a material (for example, an olefin-based material subjected to corona discharge treatment).
[0206] また同様に、図 16に示す工程において、前記第 2のシート 6と前記チューブ 7とを、 PEカゝらなる接合層 431を介してラミネート法によって接合する場合に、前記第 2の層 と前記チューブ 7のうちの一方が PEからなる材質であり、他方が PPからなる材質であ る場合は、両者が接合され難いため、 PPからなる材質で形成されている方の表面がSimilarly, in the step shown in FIG. 16, when the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are joined by a laminating method via a joining layer 431 made of PE, the second sheet 6 and the tube 7 are joined. One of the layer and the tube 7 is made of PE, and the other is made of PP. The surface of the material made of PP is harder to join.
、両者を接合し易くするための材料 (例えば、ォレフィン系材料にコロナ放電処理を 施したもの）でコーティングされて 、ることが好まし!/、。 It is preferable that it is coated with a material (for example, olefin-based material that has been subjected to corona discharge treatment) to facilitate the joining of both!
[0207] なお、例えば接合装置 400を 2台用いることによって、あるいは前記搬送ベルト 401 bや接合層塗布機構 410などが 2つ以上設けられた 1台の接合装置によって、図 15 および図 16に示す工程を、同時に行なって、前記中空体 1を製造しても良い。このよ うに、図 15および図 16に示す工程を同時に行なうと、前記中空体 1の製造効率を向 上させることが可會となる。  [0207] Note that, for example, by using two joining devices 400, or by one joining device provided with two or more of the transport belt 401b, the joining layer coating mechanism 410, and the like, as shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. The hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
[0208] 図 14ないし図 16に示した前記中空体 1の製造方法では、前記チューブ 7の上下に 、前記第 1のシート 5と前記第 2のシート 6とを接合して、前記チューブ 7を前記第 1の シート 5および前記第 2のシート 6によって補強するることができる。そのため、強度が 向上された前記中空体 1を製造することができる。特に、前記チューブ 7の上面 7aと 下面 7bの全面を、前記第 1のシート 5の前記中央領域 5gと前記第 2のシート 6の前記 中央領域 6gに接合することができるため、確実に補強された前記中空体 1を製造す ることが可能となる。  In the method for manufacturing the hollow body 1 shown in FIGS. 14 to 16, the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 are joined to the upper and lower sides of the tube 7 so that the tube 7 is The first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 can be reinforced. Therefore, the hollow body 1 with improved strength can be produced. In particular, since the entire upper surface 7a and lower surface 7b of the tube 7 can be joined to the central region 5g of the first sheet 5 and the central region 6g of the second sheet 6, it is reliably reinforced. In addition, the hollow body 1 can be manufactured.
[0209] また、継ぎ目などが形成されて!ヽな 、一体的構造の前記チューブ 7によって前記中 空体 1の前記中空部 2を構成することができるため、例えば Tダイ押し出し法によって 製造されたシート体を接合して形成された中空体と比較して、漏れが生じない中空体 1を製造することができる。  [0209] Further, since the hollow portion 2 of the hollow body 1 can be constituted by the tube 7 having an integral structure formed with a seam or the like, it is manufactured by, for example, a T-die extrusion method. Compared with a hollow body formed by joining sheet bodies, a hollow body 1 that does not leak can be manufactured.
[0210] なお、図 15および図 16に示す工程では、前記チューブ 7と、前記第 1のシート 5お よび前記第 2のシート 6との接合をラミネート法によって行なった力 本発明はこれに 限定されるものではなぐ前記チューブ 7と、前記第 1のシート 5および前記第 2のシ ート 6との接合を、接着剤による接合によって行なっても良い。この場合、前記接合層 230と 231に代えて接着剤を用いれば良!、。  [0210] In the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the force obtained by laminating the tube 7 and the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 is limited to this. However, the tube 7 may be bonded to the first sheet 5 and the second sheet 6 by bonding with an adhesive. In this case, an adhesive may be used instead of the bonding layers 230 and 231.
[0211] 図 3および図 4に示す中空体 101を製造するには、図 14に示す工程で前記チュー ブ 107および 108を製造した後、図 15に示す工程で、前記搬送ベルト 401bの上に 、前記チューブ 107と 108とを、図示 XI— X2方向に並列して並べた状態で前記第 1 のシート 5を接合した後、図 16に示す工程で、前記第 2のシート 6を、前記チューブ 1 07および 108の下面 107bおよび 108bと、前記第 1のシートの上に、前記第 2のシー ト 6を接合すれば良い。なお、前記中空体 101に 3つ以上の中空部を形成するには、 図 15に示す工程で、チューブ 107、 108の他にチューブを配置することによって製 造できる。 [0211] In order to manufacture the hollow body 101 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, after the tubes 107 and 108 are manufactured in the step shown in FIG. 14, the tubes 107 and 108 are formed on the conveyor belt 401b in the step shown in FIG. After joining the first sheet 5 in a state where the tubes 107 and 108 are arranged in parallel in the direction XI-X2 in the drawing, the second sheet 6 is attached to the tube in the step shown in FIG. 1 The second sheet 6 may be joined to the lower surfaces 107b and 108b of 07 and 108 and the first sheet. Note that three or more hollow portions can be formed in the hollow body 101 by arranging tubes in addition to the tubes 107 and 108 in the step shown in FIG.
[0212] なお、例えば接合装置 400を 2台用いることによって、あるいは前記搬送ベルト 401 bや接合層塗布機構 410などが 2つ以上設けられた 1台の接合装置によって、図 15 および図 16に示す工程を、同時に行なって、前記中空体 1を製造しても良い。このよ うに、図 15および図 16に示す工程を同時に行なうと、前記中空体 1の製造効率を向 上させることが可會となる。  [0212] FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 show, for example, the use of two joining devices 400, or a single joining device provided with two or more of the conveyor belt 401b and the joining layer coating mechanism 410. The hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
[0213] 図 6ないし図 8に示す中空体 601を製造するには、図 15に示す工程で、前記搬送 ベルト 401bの上に、前記シート体 607および 608を上下方向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）に 重ねて配置した状態で配置した後、前記第 1のシート 5を前記シート体 607の前記上 面 607aと接合した後、図 16に示す工程で、前記第 2のシート 6を、前記シート体 608 の前記下面 608bの上（図示 Z1方向側）と、前記第 1のシートの上に、前記第 2のシ ート 6を接合すれば良い。  [0213] In order to manufacture the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the sheet bodies 607 and 608 are moved in the vertical direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the figure) on the conveying belt 401b in the step shown in FIG. After the first sheet 5 is joined to the upper surface 607a of the sheet body 607, the second sheet 6 is moved to the sheet body in the step shown in FIG. The second sheet 6 may be joined on the lower surface 608b of the 608 (Z1 direction side in the figure) and on the first sheet.
[0214] なお、前記シート体 607および 608は、図 14に示す工程で得られたチューブ 7を切 り開いて 1枚のシート状にしたものを使用できる。  [0214] As the sheet bodies 607 and 608, one obtained by cutting the tube 7 obtained in the step shown in FIG. 14 into a single sheet can be used.
[0215] なお、例えば接合装置 400を 2台用いることによって、あるいは前記搬送ベルト 401 bや接合層塗布機構 410などが 2つ以上設けられた 1台の接合装置によって、図 15 および図 16に示す工程を、同時に行なって、前記中空体 1を製造しても良い。このよ うに、図 15および図 16に示す工程を同時に行なうと、前記中空体 1の製造効率を向 上させることが可會となる。  [0215] Note that, for example, by using two joining devices 400, or by one joining device provided with two or more of the conveyor belt 401b, the joining layer coating mechanism 410, and the like, as shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. The hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
[0216] 図 9ないし図 11に示す中空体 701を製造するには、図 15に示す工程で、前記搬 送ベルト 401bの上に、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記上面 707a (前記上部面 70 7eの前記上面 707el)を上（図示 Z1方向）にして配置した後、前記第 1のシート 5を 前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記上部面 707eの前記上面 707elと接合した後、図 16に示す工程で、前記第 2のシート 6を、前記折り曲げシート体 707の前記下面 (前 記下部面 707fの前記下面 707f2)の上（図示 Z1方向側）と、前記第 1のシートの上 に、前記第 2のシート 6を接合すれば良い。 [0216] In order to manufacture the hollow body 701 shown in Figs. 9 to 11, the upper surface 707a (the upper surface 70 7e of the folded sheet body 707 is placed on the transport belt 401b in the step shown in Fig. 15. 16 is arranged with the upper surface 707el) of the upper surface 707e of the folded sheet body 707 after the first sheet 5 is joined to the upper surface 707el of the folded sheet body 707 in the step shown in FIG. The second sheet 6 is placed on the lower surface of the bent sheet body 707 (the lower surface 707f2 of the lower surface 707f) (on the Z1 direction side in the drawing) and on the first sheet. In addition, the second sheet 6 may be joined.
[0217] なお、例えば接合装置 400を 2台用いることによって、あるいは前記搬送ベルト 401 bや接合層塗布機構 410などが 2つ以上設けられた 1台の接合装置によって、図 15 および図 16に示す工程を、同時に行なって、前記中空体 1を製造しても良い。このよ うに、図 15および図 16に示す工程を同時に行なうと、前記中空体 1の製造効率を向 上させることが可會となる。  [0217] Note that, for example, by using two joining devices 400, or by one joining device provided with two or more of the transport belt 401b, the joining layer coating mechanism 410, and the like, as shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. The hollow body 1 may be manufactured by performing the steps simultaneously. Thus, if the steps shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 are performed at the same time, the manufacturing efficiency of the hollow body 1 can be improved.
[0218] なお、前記折り曲げシート体 707を構成する前記シート体 710は、図 14に示すェ 程で得られたチューブ 7を切り開いて 1枚のシート状にしたものを使用できる。  [0218] Note that the sheet body 710 constituting the folded sheet body 707 can be formed by cutting the tube 7 obtained in the process shown in FIG. 14 into a single sheet.
[0219] 図 12に示すシート構造体 201を製造するには、図 14ないし図 16に示す工程によ つて製造された前記中空体 1を、図 1に示す前記接合部 3aの内側に一点鎖線で示 すように、長手方向に延びる切断線 500で前記中空部 2を切断して前記接合部 3aを 構成する前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5eと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領 域 6eを除去した後、前記切断線 500で切断した切断端面 550aおよび 550bを、互い に離れる方向に向かって開き、図 12に示す状態にすれば良い。このとき、図 2に示 す前記第 1のシート 5が、図 12に示す前記第 1のシート半体 204を構成し、図 2に示 す前記第 2のシート 6が、図 12に示す前記第 2のシート半体 205を構成する。また、 図 2に示す前記チューブ 7が、図 12に示す前記下層シート 202を構成する。  [0219] In order to manufacture the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12, the hollow body 1 manufactured by the steps shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 is connected to the inner side of the joint 3a shown in FIG. As shown by the above, the side region 5e of the first sheet 5 that forms the joint 3a by cutting the hollow portion 2 with a cutting line 500 extending in the longitudinal direction, and the second sheet 6 After the side region 6e is removed, the cut end faces 550a and 550b cut along the cutting line 500 may be opened away from each other to the state shown in FIG. At this time, the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 2 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 12, and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. A second sheet half 205 is formed. Further, the tube 7 shown in FIG. 2 constitutes the lower layer sheet 202 shown in FIG.
[0220] なお、同様にして、前記接合部 3bを構成する前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5 fと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fを除去するように前記中空部 2を長手方向 に切断した後、図 12に示す状態に開いても良い。  [0220] Similarly, the hollow region so as to remove the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 constituting the joint portion 3b. After cutting the part 2 in the longitudinal direction, it may be opened in the state shown in FIG.
[0221] あるいは、前記した方法で製造された図 9ないし図 11に示す前記中空体 701を、 図 9および図 11に示す前記接合部 3bの内側に一点鎖線で示すように、長手方向に 延びる切断線 501で前記中空部 2を切断して前記接合部 3bを構成する前記第 1の シート 5の前記側方領域 5fと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fを除去した後、 前記切断線 501で切断した切断端面 560aおよび 560bを、互いに離れる方向に向 力つて開き、図 12に示す状態に開けば良い。このとき、図 10に示す第 1のシート 5が 、図 12に示す前記第 1のシート半体 204を構成し、図 10に示す前記第 2のシート 6が 、図 12に示す前記第 2のシート半体 205を構成する。また、図 10に示す前記折り曲 げシート体 707が、図 12に示す前記下層シート 202を構成する。 [0221] Alternatively, the hollow body 701 shown in Figs. 9 to 11 manufactured by the above-described method extends in the longitudinal direction as indicated by a one-dot chain line inside the joint portion 3b shown in Figs. 9 and 11. After cutting the hollow portion 2 along the cutting line 501 to remove the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 constituting the joint portion 3b, The cut end faces 560a and 560b cut along the cutting line 501 may be opened in the direction away from each other and opened in the state shown in FIG. At this time, the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 10 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 12, and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 10 is the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. A half sheet 205 is formed. In addition, the folding shown in FIG. The curled sheet body 707 constitutes the lower layer sheet 202 shown in FIG.
[0222] 図 12に示す前記シート構造体 201をこのような方法によって製造すれば、前記中 空体 1を切断して切り開くだけで簡単に、大きな幅寸法を有するシート構造体 201を 製造することができる。 [0222] If the sheet structure 201 shown in FIG. 12 is manufactured by such a method, the sheet structure 201 having a large width can be manufactured simply by cutting and opening the hollow body 1. Can do.
[0223] また、従来力も行なわれている Tダイを用いた溶融押し出し法によって製造されるシ ート構造体では、その寸法が Tダイの寸法に依存する。したがって、幅寸法が大きな シート構造体を製造するためには、製造されるシート体の幅寸法と同程度の大きな T ダイが必要となるため、製造コストの高騰や、製造スペースの確保が困難になり、製 造面での制限が増大する。  [0223] In addition, in a sheet structure manufactured by a melt extrusion method using a T die, which has been conventionally performed, the size depends on the size of the T die. Therefore, in order to manufacture a sheet structure having a large width dimension, a T-die that is as large as the width dimension of the sheet body to be manufactured is required, which makes it difficult to increase the manufacturing cost and secure the manufacturing space. As a result, the manufacturing limit is increased.
[0224] しかし、前記したシート構造体 201の製造方法によれば、まず幅寸法の小さな中空 体 1を製造し、この中空体 1を切り開くことによって、前記中空体 1のほぼ 2倍程度の 幅寸法を有するシート構造体 201を製造することができるため、製造コストを低廉に することができるとともに、少ない製造スペースでの製造が可能となる。  [0224] However, according to the method for manufacturing the sheet structure 201 described above, the hollow body 1 having a small width is first manufactured, and the hollow body 1 is cut open so that the width is approximately twice that of the hollow body 1. Since the sheet structure 201 having dimensions can be manufactured, the manufacturing cost can be reduced and the manufacturing can be performed with a small manufacturing space.
[0225] 図 13に示すシート構造体 801を製造するには、前記した方法によって製造された 図 6ないし図 8に示す前記中空体 601を、図 6に示す前記接合部 3aの内側に一点鎖 線で示すように、長手方向に延びる切断線 500で前記中空部 2を切断して前記接合 部 3aを構成する前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5eと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記 側方領域 6eを除去した後、前記切断線 500で切断した切断端面 550aおよび 550b を、互いに離れる方向に向力つて開き、図 13に示す状態に開けば良い。このとき、図 7に示す第 1のシート 5が、図 13に示す前記第 1のシート半体 204を構成し、図 6に示 す前記第 2のシート 6が、図 13に示す前記第 2のシート半体 205を構成する。また、 図 7に示す前記シート体 607が下層シート半体 202eを構成し、前記シート体 608が 前記下層シート半体 202fを構成する。  [0225] In order to manufacture the sheet structure 801 shown in Fig. 13, the hollow body 601 shown in Figs. 6 to 8 manufactured by the above-described method is connected to the inside of the joint 3a shown in Fig. 6 by a one-dot chain line. As shown by the line, the side region 5e of the first sheet 5 that forms the joint portion 3a by cutting the hollow portion 2 with a cutting line 500 extending in the longitudinal direction, and the second sheet 6 After the side region 6e is removed, the cut end faces 550a and 550b cut along the cutting line 500 are opened in a direction away from each other and opened in the state shown in FIG. At this time, the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 7 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 13, and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 6 is the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. The sheet half 205 is formed. Further, the sheet body 607 shown in FIG. 7 constitutes the lower layer sheet half body 202e, and the sheet body 608 constitutes the lower layer sheet half body 202f.
[0226] なお、同様にして、前記接合部 3bを構成する前記第 1のシート 5の前記側方領域 5 fと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6fを除去するように前記中空部 2を長手方向 に切断した後、図 13に示す状態に開いても良い。  [0226] In the same manner, the hollow region so as to remove the side region 5f of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6f of the second sheet 6 constituting the joint 3b. After cutting the part 2 in the longitudinal direction, it may be opened in the state shown in FIG.
[0227] あるいは、前記した方法で製造された図 9ないし図 11に示す前記中空体 701を、 図 9および図 11に示す前記接合部 3aの内側に一点鎖線で示すように、長手方向に 延びる切断線 500で前記中空部 2を切断して前記接合部 3aを構成する前記第 1の シート 5の前記側方領域 5eと、前記第 2のシート 6の前記側方領域 6eを除去した後、 前記切断線 500で切断した切断端面 550aおよび 550bを、互いに離れる方向に向 力つて開き、図 13に示す状態に開けば良い。このとき、図 10に示す第 1のシート 5が 、図 13に示す前記第 1のシート半体 204を構成し、図 10に示す前記第 2のシート 6が 、図 13に示す前記第 2のシート半体 205を構成する。また、図 10に示す前記折り曲 げシート体 707が、図 13に示す前記下層シート半体 202eおよび 202fを構成する。 [0227] Alternatively, the hollow body 701 shown in Figs. 9 to 11 manufactured by the above-described method is arranged in the longitudinal direction as indicated by a one-dot chain line inside the joint portion 3a shown in Figs. 9 and 11. After the hollow portion 2 is cut by an extending cutting line 500 to remove the side region 5e of the first sheet 5 and the side region 6e of the second sheet 6 constituting the joint portion 3a The cut end faces 550a and 550b cut along the cutting line 500 may be opened in a direction away from each other and opened in the state shown in FIG. At this time, the first sheet 5 shown in FIG. 10 constitutes the first sheet half 204 shown in FIG. 13, and the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. 10 is the second sheet 6 shown in FIG. A half sheet 205 is formed. Further, the folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 constitutes the lower layer sheet halves 202e and 202f shown in FIG.
[0228] 図 13に示す前記シート構造体 801をこのような方法によって製造しても、前記中空 体 601を切断して切り開くだけで簡単に、大きな幅寸法を有するシート構造体 801を 製造することができる。 Even if the sheet structure 801 shown in FIG. 13 is manufactured by such a method, the sheet structure 801 having a large width dimension can be manufactured simply by cutting and opening the hollow body 601. Can do.
[0229] また、従来力も行なわれて 、る Tダイを用いた溶融押し出し法によって製造されるシ ート構造体では、その寸法が Tダイの寸法に依存する。したがって、幅寸法が大きな シート体を製造するためには、製造されるシート構造体の幅寸法と同程度の大きな T ダイが必要となるため、製造コストの高騰や、製造スペースの確保が困難になり、製 造面での制限が増大する。  [0229] In addition, in a sheet structure manufactured by a melt extrusion method using a T die, which has been conventionally performed, the size thereof depends on the size of the T die. Therefore, in order to manufacture a sheet body having a large width dimension, a T-die that is as large as the width dimension of the sheet structure to be manufactured is required, which makes it difficult to increase manufacturing costs and secure a manufacturing space. As a result, the manufacturing limit is increased.
[0230] しかし、前記したシート構造体 801の製造方法によれば、まず幅寸法の小さな中空 体 601を製造し、この中空体 1を切り開くことによって、前記中空体 601のほぼ 2倍程 度の幅寸法を有するシート構造体 801を製造することができるため、製造コストを低 廉にすることができるとともに、少ない製造スペースでの製造が可能となる。  [0230] However, according to the manufacturing method of the sheet structure 801 described above, the hollow body 601 having a small width is first manufactured, and the hollow body 1 is cut open so that the hollow body 601 is approximately twice as large. Since the sheet structure 801 having a width dimension can be manufactured, the manufacturing cost can be reduced and the manufacturing can be performed in a small manufacturing space.
[0231] なお、図 6ないし図 8に示す前記中空体 601の上（図示 Z1方向側）に、さらに前記 シート体 607および 608と前記第 1のシート 5によって前記中空部 2を形成して、図 17 に示す第 5実施形態の中空体 901を構成しても良い。この中空体 901では、上下方 向（図示 Z1— Z2方向）で 2つの前記中空部 2が形成されているため、例えば前記中 空体 901をホースとして使用した場合に、 2つの前記中空部 2で、異なる被搬送物を 搬送することが可能となる。また、袋体として使用した場合には、 2つの前記中空部 2 で、異なる被梱包物を梱包することが可能となる。  Note that the hollow portion 2 is further formed on the hollow body 601 shown in FIGS. 6 to 8 (Z1 direction side in the drawing) by the sheet bodies 607 and 608 and the first sheet 5; You may comprise the hollow body 901 of 5th Embodiment shown in FIG. In the hollow body 901, since the two hollow portions 2 are formed in the upward and downward direction (Z1-Z2 direction in the drawing), for example, when the hollow body 901 is used as a hose, the two hollow portions 2 are formed. This makes it possible to transport different objects. Further, when used as a bag body, it becomes possible to pack different objects to be packed in the two hollow portions 2.
[0232] この場合、図 17に示す切断線 502および 503で切断して、切断端面 570aおよび 5 70bを互いに離れる方向に向力つて開くとともに、切断端面 580aおよび 580bを互!、 に離れる方向に向力つて開けば、前記中空体 901の幅方向（図示 XI— X2方向）に おける寸法 (幅寸法）に対して、およそ 3倍の幅寸法を有するシート構造体を容易に 製造することができるとともに、 Tダイ法によるシート構造体の製造方法に比べ、少な V、製造スペースでの製造が可能となる。 [0232] In this case, cut along cutting lines 502 and 503 shown in FIG. 17 to open the cutting end faces 570a and 570b in a direction away from each other, and the cutting end faces 580a and 580b! If it is opened in the direction away from it, a sheet structure having a width of about three times the width (width) of the hollow body 901 in the width direction (direction XI—X2 in the figure) can be easily manufactured. In addition, it can be manufactured with less V and manufacturing space than the manufacturing method of the sheet structure by the T-die method.
[0233] なお、図 16に示す前記中空体 901では、前記シート体 607および 608に代えて図 2に示す前記チューブ 7を上下に配置しても良ぐまた、前記シート体 607および 608 に代えて図 10に示す前記折り曲げシート体 707を上下に配置しても良い。これらの 場合であっても、上下に形成されたそれぞれの前記中空部 2に異なる物を搬送また は梱包することが可能となり、あるいは前記中空体 901の幅方向（図示 XI— X2方向） における寸法 (幅寸法）に対して、およそ 3倍の幅寸法を有するシート構造体を容易 に製造することができるとともに、 Tダイ法によるシート構造体の製造方法に比べ、少 な 、製造スペースでの製造が可能となる。 [0233] In the hollow body 901 shown in Fig. 16, the tube 7 shown in Fig. 2 may be arranged vertically instead of the sheet bodies 607 and 608, and the sheet bodies 607 and 608 may be substituted. The folded sheet body 707 shown in FIG. 10 may be arranged vertically. Even in these cases, it becomes possible to transport or pack different objects in the hollow portions 2 formed above and below, or the dimensions of the hollow body 901 in the width direction (XI-X2 direction in the drawing). It is possible to easily manufacture a sheet structure having a width dimension approximately three times as large as (width dimension), and to manufacture in a small manufacturing space compared to the method of manufacturing a sheet structure by the T-die method. Is possible.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0234] [図 1]本発明の中空体の第 1実施形態を示す斜視図、 FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of a hollow body of the present invention,
[図 2]図 1に示す中空体の分解斜視図、  FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
[図 3]本発明の中空体の第 2実施形態を示す斜視図、  FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention,
[図 4]図 3に示す中空体の分解斜視図、  FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
[図 5]図 1および図 3に示す中空体を構成するチューブの他の形態を示す斜視図、 FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing another form of a tube constituting the hollow body shown in FIGS. 1 and 3.
[図 6]本発明の中空体の第 3実施形態を示す斜視図、 FIG. 6 is a perspective view showing a third embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention,
[図 7]図 6に示す中空体の分解斜視図、  FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
[図 8]図 6の VIII— VIII線での切断断面図、  [Fig. 8] Cross-sectional view taken along line VIII-VIII in Fig. 6,
[図 9]本発明の中空体の第 4実施形態を示す斜視図、  FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a fourth embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention,
[図 10]図 9に示す中空体の分解斜視図、  FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the hollow body shown in FIG.
[図 11]図 9の XI— XI線での切断断面図、  [Fig.11] Cross section taken along line XI—XI in Fig.9,
[図 12]本発明のシート構造体の第 1実施形態を示す斜視図、  FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a first embodiment of the seat structure of the present invention,
[図 13]本発明のシート構造体の第 2実施形態を示す斜視図、  FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a second embodiment of the sheet structure of the present invention,
[図 14]図 1に示す中空体の製造装置、および製造工程を示す一工程図、  FIG. 14 is a manufacturing process of the hollow body shown in FIG. 1, and a process diagram showing a manufacturing process;
[図 15]図 1に示す中空体の製造装置、および図 14に示す工程の後に行なわれるェ 程を示す一工程図、 [FIG. 15] The hollow body manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 and the process shown in FIG. One process diagram showing the process,
[図 16]図 1に示す中空体の製造装置、および図 15に示す工程の後に行なわれるェ 程を示す一工程図、  FIG. 16 is a process diagram showing the hollow body manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 and the steps performed after the process shown in FIG.
[図 17]本発明の中空体の第 5実施形態を示す斜視図、  FIG. 17 is a perspective view showing a fifth embodiment of the hollow body of the present invention,
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1 , 101， 601, 701, 901 中空体  1, 101, 601, 701, 901 Hollow body
2 中空部  2 Hollow part
3a, 3b 接合部  3a, 3b joint
4a, 4b, 104Aa, 104Ab， 104Ba, 104Bb 開口部  4a, 4b, 104Aa, 104Ab, 104Ba, 104Bb opening
5 第 1のシート  5 First sheet
6 第 2のシート  6 Second sheet
7, 107, 108 チューブ  7, 107, 108 tubes
5e, 5f, 6e, 6f 側方領域  5e, 5f, 6e, 6f lateral region
5g, 6g 中央領域  5g, 6g center area
201, 801 シー卜構造体  201, 801
201a 肯 ij端  201a Positive ij end
201b 後端  201b trailing edge
202 下層シート  202 Lower layer sheet
202a 上面  202a top view
202e, 202f 下層シート半体  202e, 202f Lower sheet half
203 上層シート  203 Upper sheet
204 第 1のシート半体  204 First sheet half
204e 内側端領域  204e Inner edge area
205 第 2のシート半体  205 Second sheet half
205e 内側端領域  205e Inner edge area
450 接合体  450 joints
501, 501, 502, 503 切断線  501, 501, 502, 503 Cutting line
550a, 550b, 560a, 560b, 570a, 570b, 580a, 580b 切断端面 607, 608 シー M本 707 折り曲げシート体 707e 上咅麵 550a, 550b, 560a, 560b, 570a, 570b, 580a, 580b Cut end face 607, 608 C M 707 Folded sheet 707e Upper arm
707f 下部面 707f Bottom surface
710 シート体 710 sheet body

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 第 1のシートと、前記第 1のシートの下方に位置する第 2のシートと、前記第 1のシー トと前記第 2のシートの間に設けられた中空部形成部材とを有し、  [1] It has a first sheet, a second sheet positioned below the first sheet, and a hollow portion forming member provided between the first sheet and the second sheet. And
前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシートは、前記中空部形成部材の幅寸法と同じ 幅寸法で形成された中央領域と、前記中央領域の両側方に形成された側方領域と をそれぞれ有しており、  Each of the first sheet and the second sheet has a central region formed with the same width as the width of the hollow portion forming member and side regions formed on both sides of the central region. And
前記中空部形成部材の上面は前記第 1のシートに形成された中央領域と接合され るとともに、前記中空部形成部材の下面は前記第 2のシートに形成された中央領域と 接合され、前記第 1のシートに形成された前記側方領域が、前記第 2のシートに形成 された側方領域と接合されており、  An upper surface of the hollow portion forming member is joined to a central region formed on the first sheet, and a lower surface of the hollow portion forming member is joined to a central region formed on the second sheet, The lateral region formed in the first sheet is joined to the lateral region formed in the second sheet;
前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域と によって、前端と後端に開口部を有する中空部が形成されていることを特徴とする中 空体。  A hollow body having an opening at a front end and a rear end is formed by the hollow portion forming member and the central region of the first sheet and the second sheet.
[2] 前記中空部形成部材が幅方向に所定間隔を空けて複数設けられており、前記中 空部形成部材と前記第 1のシートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域とによって 、前端と後端に開口部を有する中空部が複数形成されている請求項 1記載の中空体  [2] A plurality of the hollow portion forming members are provided at predetermined intervals in the width direction, and the front end is formed by the hollow portion forming member and the central region of the first sheet and the second sheet. 2. The hollow body according to claim 1, wherein a plurality of hollow portions having openings at the rear end are formed.
[3] 前記中空部形成部材が中空状のチューブである請求項 1および 2記載の中空体。 [3] The hollow body according to any one of [1] and [2], wherein the hollow portion forming member is a hollow tube.
[4] 前記中空部形成部材が上下に重ねられた 2枚のシート体である請求項 1および 2記 載の中空体。 [4] The hollow body according to any one of [1] and [2], wherein the hollow part forming member is a sheet of two sheets stacked one above the other.
[5] 前記中空部形成部材が 1枚のシート体を幅方向に 2分する中央線で折り曲げられ て形成された折り曲げシート体である請求項 1および 2記載の中空体。  5. The hollow body according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the hollow portion forming member is a folded sheet body formed by folding a single sheet body at a center line that bisects the sheet body in the width direction.
[6] 下層シートと、前記下層シートの上に接合された上層シートとを有し、前記上層シー トは第 1のシート半体と第 2のシート半体とが幅方向に並んで配列された状態で、前 記第 1のシート半体の内側端領域と、前記第 2のシート半体の内側端領域とが、前記 下層シートの上面に対して上方側に折り曲げられた状態で接合され、この接合部が 前端から後端まで連続して形成されていることを特徴とするシート構造体。  [6] It has a lower layer sheet and an upper layer sheet bonded onto the lower layer sheet, and the upper layer sheet has a first sheet half body and a second sheet half body arranged side by side in the width direction. In this state, the inner end region of the first sheet half and the inner end region of the second sheet half are joined in a state of being bent upward with respect to the upper surface of the lower sheet. The sheet structure is characterized in that the joint is formed continuously from the front end to the rear end.
[7] 前記下層シートは、 2枚の下層シート半体が幅方向に並んで配置されて形成されて V、る請求項 6記載のシート構造体。 [7] The lower layer sheet is formed by arranging two lower layer sheet halves side by side in the width direction. The sheet structure according to claim 6, wherein the sheet structure is V.
[8] 以下の工程を有することを特徴とする中空体の製造方法。 [8] A method for producing a hollow body comprising the following steps.
(a)中空部形成部材の上面と第 1のシートに形成された中央領域とを接合して接合 体を形成する工程と、  (a) forming a joined body by joining the upper surface of the hollow part forming member and the central region formed on the first sheet;
(b)前記接合体を構成する前記中空部形成部材の下面と第 2のシートに形成された 中央領域を接合するとともに、前記第 1のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形成さ れた第 1のシートの両側方領域と、前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形 成された第 2のシートの両側方領域とを接合し、前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシ ートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域とで中空部を形成する工程。  (b) Joining the lower surface of the hollow part forming member constituting the joined body and the central region formed on the second sheet, and forming the first sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the first sheet A region on both sides of the first sheet and a region on both sides of the second sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the second sheet are joined, and the hollow portion forming member and the first sheet are joined. Forming a hollow portion with the central region of the second sheet and the second sheet.
[9] 前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を幅方向に所定間隔を空けて複数配置し、 複数の前記中空部形成部材の上面と前記第 1のシートの中央領域とを接合し、前記 [9] In the step (a), a plurality of the hollow part forming members are arranged at predetermined intervals in the width direction, and the upper surfaces of the plurality of hollow part forming members and the central region of the first sheet are joined. The above
(b)工程で、前記複数の中空部形成部材の下面と前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域 とを接合する請求項 8記載の中空体の製造方法。 9. The method for manufacturing a hollow body according to claim 8, wherein in the step (b), the lower surfaces of the plurality of hollow portion forming members and the central region of the second sheet are joined.
[10] 前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を中空状のチューブで形成する請求項 8お よび 9記載の中空体の製造方法。  10. The method for producing a hollow body according to claim 8 and 9, wherein in the step (a), the hollow part forming member is formed of a hollow tube.
[11] 前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を上下に重ねられた 2枚のシート体で形成 する請求項 8および 9記載の中空体の製造方法。 [11] The method for producing a hollow body according to [8] and [9], wherein in the step (a), the hollow part forming member is formed of two sheet bodies stacked one above the other.
[12] 前記 (a)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を、 1枚のシート体を幅方向に 2分する中央 線で折り曲げられて形成された折り曲げシート体で形成する請求項 8および 9記載の 中空体の製造方法。 12. The process according to claim 8 and 9, wherein in the step (a), the hollow portion forming member is formed of a folded sheet body formed by folding a single sheet body along a center line that bisects the sheet body in the width direction. A method for producing a hollow body.
[13] 前記 (a)工程と前記 (b)工程とを同時に行なう請求項 8ないし 12のいずれかに記載 の中空体の製造方法。  13. The method for producing a hollow body according to any one of claims 8 to 12, wherein the step (a) and the step (b) are performed simultaneously.
[14] 以下の工程を有することを特徴とするシート構造体の製造方法。  [14] A method for producing a sheet structure, comprising the following steps.
(c)中空部形成部材の上面と第 1のシートに形成された中央領域とを接合して接合 体を形成する工程と、  (c) joining the upper surface of the hollow portion forming member and the central region formed on the first sheet to form a joined body;
(d)前記接合体を構成する前記中空部形成部材の下面と第 2のシートに形成された 中央領域を接合するとともに、前記第 1のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形成さ れた第 1のシートの両側方領域と、前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域の両側方に形 成された第 2のシートの両側方領域とを接合し、前記中空部形成部材と前記第 1のシ ートおよび前記第 2のシートの前記中央領域とで中空部を形成する工程と、(d) Joining the lower surface of the hollow part forming member constituting the joined body and the central region formed in the second sheet, and forming the first sheet formed on both sides of the central region of the first sheet Formed on both sides of the first sheet and on both sides of the central area of the second sheet Joining the regions on both sides of the formed second sheet, and forming a hollow portion with the hollow portion forming member, the first sheet, and the central region of the second sheet;
(e)前記中空部を長手方向に延びる切断線で切断する工程。 (e) A step of cutting the hollow portion with a cutting line extending in the longitudinal direction.
[15] 前記 (e)工程の後に、 [15] After the step (e),
(f)前記切断線で切断した切断端面を、互いに離れる方向に向かって開く工程、 を有する請求項 14記載のシート構造体の製造方法。  15. The method for producing a sheet structure according to claim 14, further comprising: (f) opening the cut end faces cut along the cutting line in a direction away from each other.
[16] 前記 (c)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を中空状のチューブで形成する請求項 14 または 15記載のシート構造体の製造方法。  16. The method for producing a sheet structure according to claim 14 or 15, wherein, in the step (c), the hollow portion forming member is formed of a hollow tube.
[17] 前記 (c)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を上下に重ねられた 2枚のシート体で形成 する請求項 14または 15記載のシート構造体の製造方法。 17. The method for manufacturing a sheet structure according to claim 14 or 15, wherein, in the step (c), the hollow portion forming member is formed by two sheets stacked one above the other.
[18] 前記 (c)工程で、前記中空部形成部材を、 1枚のシート体を幅方向に 2分する中央 線で折り曲げられて形成された折り曲げシート体で形成する請求項 14または 15記載 のシート構造体の製造方法。 [18] The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein, in the step (c), the hollow portion forming member is formed of a folded sheet formed by folding a single sheet body along a center line that bisects the width of the sheet body. Manufacturing method of the sheet structure.
[19] 前記 (c)工程と前記 (d)工程とを同時に行なう請求項 14ないし 18のいずれかに記 載のシート構造体の製造方法。 [19] The method for manufacturing a sheet structure according to any one of [14] to [18], wherein the step (c) and the step (d) are performed simultaneously.
PCT/JP2005/003357 2004-12-17 2005-03-01 Hollow body, sheet structure body, and method of producing them WO2006064577A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006548674A JP4495731B2 (en) 2004-12-17 2005-03-01 Hollow body and method for producing the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004-365561 2004-12-17
JP2004365561 2004-12-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006064577A1 true WO2006064577A1 (en) 2006-06-22

Family

ID=36587641

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2005/003357 WO2006064577A1 (en) 2004-12-17 2005-03-01 Hollow body, sheet structure body, and method of producing them

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4495731B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2006064577A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019141707A (en) * 2015-04-21 2019-08-29 キョーラク株式会社 panel
FR3099418A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-05 Sealynx International Glued covering and / or sealing element for motor vehicles

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5116373A (en) * 1974-06-07 1976-02-09 Ootomateikon As
JPS57181847A (en) * 1981-05-04 1982-11-09 Daishiyouwa Shikou Sangyo Kk Manufacture of double layer bag, inner bag and outer bag thereof can freely be separated
JPH0468836U (en) * 1990-10-26 1992-06-18
JPH04278332A (en) * 1990-12-19 1992-10-02 Paul Kiefel Hochfrequenz Anlagen Gmbh Method for welding insertion between two foils
JPH07309371A (en) * 1993-04-19 1995-11-28 Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance Sa Packaging material and its manufacture
JPH08301307A (en) * 1995-04-28 1996-11-19 Daiwa Gravure Co Ltd Packaging body
JP3070009U (en) * 1999-12-27 2000-07-14 ロータリー株式会社 Inner water / oil repellent paper bag

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0370009U (en) * 1989-11-08 1991-07-12

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5116373A (en) * 1974-06-07 1976-02-09 Ootomateikon As
JPS57181847A (en) * 1981-05-04 1982-11-09 Daishiyouwa Shikou Sangyo Kk Manufacture of double layer bag, inner bag and outer bag thereof can freely be separated
JPH0468836U (en) * 1990-10-26 1992-06-18
JPH04278332A (en) * 1990-12-19 1992-10-02 Paul Kiefel Hochfrequenz Anlagen Gmbh Method for welding insertion between two foils
JPH07309371A (en) * 1993-04-19 1995-11-28 Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance Sa Packaging material and its manufacture
JPH08301307A (en) * 1995-04-28 1996-11-19 Daiwa Gravure Co Ltd Packaging body
JP3070009U (en) * 1999-12-27 2000-07-14 ロータリー株式会社 Inner water / oil repellent paper bag

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019141707A (en) * 2015-04-21 2019-08-29 キョーラク株式会社 panel
FR3099418A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-05 Sealynx International Glued covering and / or sealing element for motor vehicles

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2006064577A1 (en) 2008-06-12
JP4495731B2 (en) 2010-07-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4908228B2 (en) Chuck and bag with chuck
US8960439B2 (en) Wet tissue package and production method for same
KR101504382B1 (en) Cutting tape and packaging bag with cutting tape
WO2006001411A1 (en) Bag with chuck tape
KR20090042933A (en) Chuck tape with cut tape, its manufacturing method, and packaging bag with chuck tape
SK140896A3 (en) Bag made of polymer and especially polyolefine fabric and process for producing it
JP6773660B2 (en) Bag body with zipper tape, bag body, bag body manufacturing method, and bag body manufacturing equipment
KR20090059150A (en) Easily openable fastener tape, packaging bag with easily openable fastener tape, and method of manufacturing easily openable fastener tape
US20070116388A1 (en) Fastener bag and fastening device
JP2016137929A (en) Packaging bag for microwave oven and bag-making method
WO2006064577A1 (en) Hollow body, sheet structure body, and method of producing them
JP3689478B2 (en) Bag with synthetic resin chuck and manufacturing method
US20040112785A1 (en) Packaging bag
JP2018043770A (en) Packaging bag with spout
JPH1170599A (en) Manufacture of branched type pouch and device for the same
JP2009154929A (en) Packaging bag, its manufacturing apparatus, and packaging bag manufacturing method
JP4011921B2 (en) Bag with chuck tape and method for manufacturing the same
JP4614294B2 (en) bag
JP5767761B1 (en) Bag making apparatus and bag making method
JP4847964B2 (en) Hollow body and method for producing the same
JP2022023460A (en) Laminate for packaging bags and self-standing bag
JP4887068B2 (en) Packaging bag with check valve, and check valve used therefor
WO2022054952A1 (en) Method for manufacturing self-standing packaging bag, self-standing packaging bag, and device for manufacturing self-standing packaging bag
JP2004256154A (en) Card container and its manufacturing device
JP2012035872A (en) Unsealing tape, method for manufacturing packaging bag using the same, and packaging bag

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006548674

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 05719674

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1